Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ex_cmds.c @ 5676:9ac2fc63501d v7.4.184
updated for version 7.4.184
Problem: match() does not work properly with a {count} argument.
Solution: Compute the length once and update it. Quit the loop when at the
end. (Hirohito Higashi)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Sat, 22 Feb 2014 22:18:47 +0100 |
parents | 8122eab8fcdb |
children | b06e58f8dd30 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 #include "version.h" | |
16 | |
17 #ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA | |
18 static int linelen __ARGS((int *has_tab)); | |
19 #endif | |
20 static void do_filter __ARGS((linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out)); | |
21 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
22 static char_u *viminfo_filename __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
1733 | 23 static void do_viminfo __ARGS((FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags)); |
7 | 24 static int viminfo_encoding __ARGS((vir_T *virp)); |
25 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks __ARGS((vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing)); | |
26 #endif | |
27 | |
28 static int check_readonly __ARGS((int *forceit, buf_T *buf)); | |
29 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
30 static void delbuf_msg __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
31 #endif | |
32 static int | |
33 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
34 _RTLENTRYF | |
35 #endif | |
36 help_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
37 | |
38 /* | |
39 * ":ascii" and "ga". | |
40 */ | |
41 void | |
42 do_ascii(eap) | |
1876 | 43 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
7 | 44 { |
45 int c; | |
1784 | 46 int cval; |
7 | 47 char buf1[20]; |
48 char buf2[20]; | |
49 char_u buf3[7]; | |
50 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 51 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
52 int ci = 0; | |
7 | 53 int len; |
54 | |
55 if (enc_utf8) | |
714 | 56 c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc); |
7 | 57 else |
58 #endif | |
59 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
60 if (c == NUL) | |
61 { | |
62 MSG("NUL"); | |
63 return; | |
64 } | |
65 | |
66 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
67 IObuff[0] = NUL; | |
68 if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80) | |
69 #endif | |
70 { | |
71 if (c == NL) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
72 c = NUL; | |
1784 | 73 if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC) |
74 cval = NL; /* NL is stored as CR */ | |
75 else | |
76 cval = c; | |
7 | 77 if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' ' |
78 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
79 || c > '~' | |
80 #endif | |
81 )) | |
82 { | |
83 transchar_nonprint(buf3, c); | |
1872 | 84 vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), " <%s>", (char *)buf3); |
7 | 85 } |
86 else | |
87 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
88 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
89 if (c >= 0x80) | |
1872 | 90 vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), " <M-%s>", |
91 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f)); | |
7 | 92 else |
93 #endif | |
94 buf2[0] = NUL; | |
274 | 95 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
96 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Octal %03o"), | |
1784 | 97 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval); |
7 | 98 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
963 | 99 if (enc_utf8) |
100 c = cc[ci++]; | |
101 else | |
102 c = 0; | |
7 | 103 #endif |
104 } | |
105 | |
106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
107 /* Repeat for combining characters. */ | |
108 while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80))) | |
109 { | |
110 len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff); | |
111 /* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */ | |
112 if (len > 0) | |
113 IObuff[len++] = ' '; | |
114 IObuff[len++] = '<'; | |
963 | 115 if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c) |
625 | 116 # ifdef USE_GUI |
7 | 117 && !gui.in_use |
625 | 118 # endif |
7 | 119 ) |
120 IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */ | |
274 | 121 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len); |
122 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, | |
7 | 123 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o") |
124 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"), c, c, c); | |
714 | 125 if (ci == MAX_MCO) |
126 break; | |
963 | 127 if (enc_utf8) |
128 c = cc[ci++]; | |
129 else | |
130 c = 0; | |
7 | 131 } |
132 #endif | |
133 | |
134 msg(IObuff); | |
135 } | |
136 | |
137 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
138 /* | |
139 * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text. | |
140 */ | |
141 void | |
142 ex_align(eap) | |
143 exarg_T *eap; | |
144 { | |
145 pos_T save_curpos; | |
146 int len; | |
147 int indent = 0; | |
148 int new_indent; | |
149 int has_tab; | |
150 int width; | |
151 | |
152 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
153 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
154 { | |
155 /* switch left and right aligning */ | |
156 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right) | |
157 eap->cmdidx = CMD_left; | |
158 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) | |
159 eap->cmdidx = CMD_right; | |
160 } | |
161 #endif | |
162 | |
163 width = atoi((char *)eap->arg); | |
164 save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
165 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* width is used for new indent */ | |
166 { | |
167 if (width >= 0) | |
168 indent = width; | |
169 } | |
170 else | |
171 { | |
172 /* | |
173 * if 'textwidth' set, use it | |
174 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it | |
175 * if invalid value, use 80 | |
176 */ | |
177 if (width <= 0) | |
178 width = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
179 if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0) | |
180 width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
181 if (width <= 0) | |
182 width = 80; | |
183 } | |
184 | |
185 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) | |
186 return; | |
187 | |
188 for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; | |
189 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
190 { | |
191 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* left align */ | |
192 new_indent = indent; | |
193 else | |
194 { | |
944 | 195 has_tab = FALSE; /* avoid uninit warnings */ |
7 | 196 len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab |
197 : NULL) - get_indent(); | |
198 | |
199 if (len <= 0) /* skip blank lines */ | |
200 continue; | |
201 | |
202 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center) | |
203 new_indent = (width - len) / 2; | |
204 else | |
205 { | |
206 new_indent = width - len; /* right align */ | |
207 | |
208 /* | |
209 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far | |
210 * to the right. | |
211 */ | |
212 if (has_tab) | |
213 while (new_indent > 0) | |
214 { | |
215 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); | |
216 if (linelen(NULL) <= width) | |
217 { | |
218 /* | |
219 * Now try to move the line as much as possible to | |
220 * the right. Stop when it moves too far. | |
221 */ | |
222 do | |
223 (void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0); | |
224 while (linelen(NULL) <= width); | |
225 --new_indent; | |
226 break; | |
227 } | |
228 --new_indent; | |
229 } | |
230 } | |
231 } | |
232 if (new_indent < 0) | |
233 new_indent = 0; | |
234 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); /* set indent */ | |
235 } | |
236 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L); | |
237 curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos; | |
238 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
239 } | |
240 | |
241 /* | |
242 * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space. | |
243 */ | |
244 static int | |
245 linelen(has_tab) | |
246 int *has_tab; | |
247 { | |
248 char_u *line; | |
249 char_u *first; | |
250 char_u *last; | |
251 int save; | |
252 int len; | |
253 | |
254 /* find the first non-blank character */ | |
255 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
256 first = skipwhite(line); | |
257 | |
258 /* find the character after the last non-blank character */ | |
259 for (last = first + STRLEN(first); | |
260 last > first && vim_iswhite(last[-1]); --last) | |
261 ; | |
262 save = *last; | |
263 *last = NUL; | |
264 len = linetabsize(line); /* get line length */ | |
265 if (has_tab != NULL) /* check for embedded TAB */ | |
266 *has_tab = (vim_strrchr(first, TAB) != NULL); | |
267 *last = save; | |
268 | |
269 return len; | |
270 } | |
271 | |
826 | 272 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting. They are allocated to |
273 * contain the longest line being sorted. */ | |
274 static char_u *sortbuf1; | |
275 static char_u *sortbuf2; | |
284 | 276 |
277 static int sort_ic; /* ignore case */ | |
294 | 278 static int sort_nr; /* sort on number */ |
826 | 279 static int sort_rx; /* sort on regex instead of skipping it */ |
280 | |
281 static int sort_abort; /* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */ | |
294 | 282 |
283 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */ | |
284 typedef struct | |
285 { | |
286 linenr_T lnum; /* line number */ | |
826 | 287 long start_col_nr; /* starting column number or number */ |
288 long end_col_nr; /* ending column number */ | |
294 | 289 } sorti_T; |
284 | 290 |
291 static int | |
292 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
293 _RTLENTRYF | |
294 #endif | |
295 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
296 | |
297 static int | |
298 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
299 _RTLENTRYF | |
300 #endif | |
301 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
302 const void *s1; | |
303 const void *s2; | |
304 { | |
294 | 305 sorti_T l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1; |
306 sorti_T l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2; | |
826 | 307 int result = 0; |
308 | |
309 /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but | |
834 | 310 * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and |
311 * exit. */ | |
826 | 312 if (sort_abort) |
313 return 0; | |
314 fast_breakcheck(); | |
315 if (got_int) | |
316 sort_abort = TRUE; | |
317 | |
834 | 318 /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column |
319 * number. */ | |
294 | 320 if (sort_nr) |
2606 | 321 result = l1.start_col_nr == l2.start_col_nr ? 0 |
322 : l1.start_col_nr > l2.start_col_nr ? 1 : -1; | |
826 | 323 else |
324 { | |
834 | 325 /* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no |
326 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the | |
327 * second one. */ | |
328 STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.start_col_nr, | |
329 l1.end_col_nr - l1.start_col_nr + 1); | |
826 | 330 sortbuf1[l1.end_col_nr - l1.start_col_nr] = 0; |
834 | 331 STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.start_col_nr, |
332 l2.end_col_nr - l2.start_col_nr + 1); | |
826 | 333 sortbuf2[l2.end_col_nr - l2.start_col_nr] = 0; |
334 | |
834 | 335 result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2) |
336 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2); | |
337 } | |
338 | |
339 /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */ | |
826 | 340 if (result == 0) |
834 | 341 return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum); |
342 return result; | |
284 | 343 } |
344 | |
345 /* | |
346 * ":sort". | |
347 */ | |
348 void | |
349 ex_sort(eap) | |
350 exarg_T *eap; | |
351 { | |
352 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
353 int len; | |
354 linenr_T lnum; | |
355 long maxlen = 0; | |
294 | 356 sorti_T *nrs; |
1872 | 357 size_t count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1); |
294 | 358 size_t i; |
284 | 359 char_u *p; |
360 char_u *s; | |
826 | 361 char_u *s2; |
362 char_u c; /* temporary character storage */ | |
284 | 363 int unique = FALSE; |
364 long deleted; | |
826 | 365 colnr_T start_col; |
366 colnr_T end_col; | |
294 | 367 int sort_oct; /* sort on octal number */ |
368 int sort_hex; /* sort on hex number */ | |
284 | 369 |
1538 | 370 /* Sorting one line is really quick! */ |
371 if (count <= 1) | |
372 return; | |
373 | |
284 | 374 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) |
375 return; | |
826 | 376 sortbuf1 = NULL; |
377 sortbuf2 = NULL; | |
284 | 378 regmatch.regprog = NULL; |
294 | 379 nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE); |
284 | 380 if (nrs == NULL) |
826 | 381 goto sortend; |
382 | |
383 sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = sort_oct = sort_hex = 0; | |
294 | 384 |
284 | 385 for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p) |
386 { | |
387 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
388 ; | |
389 else if (*p == 'i') | |
390 sort_ic = TRUE; | |
826 | 391 else if (*p == 'r') |
392 sort_rx = TRUE; | |
294 | 393 else if (*p == 'n') |
394 sort_nr = 2; | |
395 else if (*p == 'o') | |
396 sort_oct = 2; | |
397 else if (*p == 'x') | |
398 sort_hex = 2; | |
284 | 399 else if (*p == 'u') |
400 unique = TRUE; | |
289 | 401 else if (*p == '"') /* comment start */ |
402 break; | |
403 else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL) | |
404 { | |
405 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); | |
406 break; | |
407 } | |
408 else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
284 | 409 { |
410 s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL); | |
411 if (*s != *p) | |
412 { | |
413 EMSG(_(e_invalpat)); | |
826 | 414 goto sortend; |
284 | 415 } |
416 *s = NUL; | |
1314 | 417 /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */ |
4199 | 418 if (s == p + 1) |
419 { | |
420 if (last_search_pat() == NULL) | |
421 { | |
422 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
423 goto sortend; | |
424 } | |
1314 | 425 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC); |
4199 | 426 } |
1314 | 427 else |
428 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC); | |
284 | 429 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
826 | 430 goto sortend; |
289 | 431 p = s; /* continue after the regexp */ |
284 | 432 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; |
433 } | |
434 else | |
435 { | |
436 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); | |
826 | 437 goto sortend; |
284 | 438 } |
439 } | |
440 | |
294 | 441 /* Can only have one of 'n', 'o' and 'x'. */ |
442 if (sort_nr + sort_oct + sort_hex > 2) | |
443 { | |
444 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
826 | 445 goto sortend; |
294 | 446 } |
447 | |
448 /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any number sorting. */ | |
449 sort_nr += sort_oct + sort_hex; | |
450 | |
284 | 451 /* |
294 | 452 * Make an array with all line numbers. This avoids having to copy all |
284 | 453 * the lines into allocated memory. |
826 | 454 * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for |
455 * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on. This means the pattern | |
456 * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line. | |
294 | 457 * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf". |
284 | 458 */ |
459 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) | |
460 { | |
461 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
835 | 462 len = (int)STRLEN(s); |
284 | 463 if (maxlen < len) |
464 maxlen = len; | |
294 | 465 |
826 | 466 start_col = 0; |
467 end_col = len; | |
294 | 468 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, s, 0)) |
826 | 469 { |
470 if (sort_rx) | |
471 { | |
835 | 472 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s); |
473 end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); | |
826 | 474 } |
475 else | |
835 | 476 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); |
826 | 477 } |
294 | 478 else |
826 | 479 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) |
480 end_col = 0; | |
294 | 481 |
482 if (sort_nr) | |
483 { | |
826 | 484 /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end |
485 * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */ | |
486 s2 = s + end_col; | |
487 c = *s2; | |
2606 | 488 *s2 = NUL; |
294 | 489 /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */ |
1687 | 490 p = s + start_col; |
294 | 491 if (sort_hex) |
1687 | 492 s = skiptohex(p); |
294 | 493 else |
1687 | 494 s = skiptodigit(p); |
495 if (s > p && s[-1] == '-') | |
496 --s; /* include preceding negative sign */ | |
2606 | 497 if (*s == NUL) |
498 /* empty line should sort before any number */ | |
499 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr = -MAXLNUM; | |
500 else | |
501 vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_oct, sort_hex, | |
502 &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr, NULL); | |
503 *s2 = c; | |
294 | 504 } |
505 else | |
826 | 506 { |
294 | 507 /* Store the column to sort at. */ |
826 | 508 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr = start_col; |
509 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].end_col_nr = end_col; | |
510 } | |
294 | 511 |
512 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum; | |
481 | 513 |
514 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
515 fast_breakcheck(); | |
516 if (got_int) | |
826 | 517 goto sortend; |
284 | 518 } |
519 | |
294 | 520 /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */ |
826 | 521 sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); |
522 if (sortbuf1 == NULL) | |
523 goto sortend; | |
524 sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); | |
525 if (sortbuf2 == NULL) | |
526 goto sortend; | |
284 | 527 |
481 | 528 /* Sort the array of line numbers. Note: can't be interrupted! */ |
294 | 529 qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare); |
284 | 530 |
826 | 531 if (sort_abort) |
532 goto sortend; | |
533 | |
284 | 534 /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */ |
535 lnum = eap->line2; | |
536 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
537 { | |
538 s = ml_get(nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum); | |
539 if (!unique || i == 0 | |
826 | 540 || (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0) |
284 | 541 { |
542 if (ml_append(lnum++, s, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
543 break; | |
294 | 544 if (unique) |
826 | 545 STRCPY(sortbuf1, s); |
284 | 546 } |
481 | 547 fast_breakcheck(); |
548 if (got_int) | |
826 | 549 goto sortend; |
284 | 550 } |
551 | |
552 /* delete the original lines if appending worked */ | |
553 if (i == count) | |
554 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
555 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); | |
556 else | |
557 count = 0; | |
558 | |
294 | 559 /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */ |
835 | 560 deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2)); |
284 | 561 if (deleted > 0) |
562 mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted); | |
563 else if (deleted < 0) | |
564 mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L); | |
565 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted); | |
294 | 566 |
284 | 567 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; |
568 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
569 | |
826 | 570 sortend: |
284 | 571 vim_free(nrs); |
826 | 572 vim_free(sortbuf1); |
573 vim_free(sortbuf2); | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
574 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
481 | 575 if (got_int) |
576 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
284 | 577 } |
578 | |
7 | 579 /* |
580 * ":retab". | |
581 */ | |
582 void | |
583 ex_retab(eap) | |
584 exarg_T *eap; | |
585 { | |
586 linenr_T lnum; | |
587 int got_tab = FALSE; | |
588 long num_spaces = 0; | |
589 long num_tabs; | |
590 long len; | |
591 long col; | |
592 long vcol; | |
593 long start_col = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ | |
594 long start_vcol = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ | |
595 int temp; | |
596 long old_len; | |
597 char_u *ptr; | |
598 char_u *new_line = (char_u *)1; /* init to non-NULL */ | |
599 int did_undo; /* called u_save for current line */ | |
600 int new_ts; | |
601 int save_list; | |
602 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ | |
603 linenr_T last_line = 0; /* last changed line */ | |
604 | |
605 save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
606 curwin->w_p_list = 0; /* don't want list mode here */ | |
607 | |
608 new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg)); | |
609 if (new_ts < 0) | |
610 { | |
611 EMSG(_(e_positive)); | |
612 return; | |
613 } | |
614 if (new_ts == 0) | |
615 new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
616 for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) | |
617 { | |
618 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
619 col = 0; | |
620 vcol = 0; | |
621 did_undo = FALSE; | |
622 for (;;) | |
623 { | |
624 if (vim_iswhite(ptr[col])) | |
625 { | |
626 if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0) | |
627 { | |
628 /* First consecutive white-space */ | |
629 start_vcol = vcol; | |
630 start_col = col; | |
631 } | |
632 if (ptr[col] == ' ') | |
633 num_spaces++; | |
634 else | |
635 got_tab = TRUE; | |
636 } | |
637 else | |
638 { | |
639 if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1)) | |
640 { | |
641 /* Retabulate this string of white-space */ | |
642 | |
643 /* len is virtual length of white string */ | |
644 len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol; | |
645 num_tabs = 0; | |
646 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
647 { | |
648 temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts); | |
649 if (num_spaces >= temp) | |
650 { | |
651 num_spaces -= temp; | |
652 num_tabs++; | |
653 } | |
654 num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts; | |
655 num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts; | |
656 } | |
657 if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab || | |
658 (num_spaces + num_tabs < len)) | |
659 { | |
660 if (did_undo == FALSE) | |
661 { | |
662 did_undo = TRUE; | |
663 if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1), | |
664 (linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
665 { | |
666 new_line = NULL; /* flag out-of-memory */ | |
667 break; | |
668 } | |
669 } | |
670 | |
671 /* len is actual number of white characters used */ | |
672 len = num_spaces + num_tabs; | |
673 old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr); | |
674 new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1, | |
675 TRUE); | |
676 if (new_line == NULL) | |
677 break; | |
678 if (start_col > 0) | |
679 mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col); | |
680 mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len, | |
681 ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1)); | |
682 ptr = new_line + start_col; | |
683 for (col = 0; col < len; col++) | |
684 ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' '; | |
685 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); | |
686 if (first_line == 0) | |
687 first_line = lnum; | |
688 last_line = lnum; | |
689 ptr = new_line; | |
690 col = start_col + len; | |
691 } | |
692 } | |
693 got_tab = FALSE; | |
694 num_spaces = 0; | |
695 } | |
696 if (ptr[col] == NUL) | |
697 break; | |
698 vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
699 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
700 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 701 col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col); |
7 | 702 else |
703 #endif | |
704 ++col; | |
705 } | |
706 if (new_line == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
707 break; | |
708 line_breakcheck(); | |
709 } | |
710 if (got_int) | |
711 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
712 | |
713 if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts) | |
714 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
715 if (first_line != 0) | |
716 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L); | |
717 | |
718 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; /* restore 'list' */ | |
719 | |
720 curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts; | |
721 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
722 | |
723 u_clearline(); | |
724 } | |
725 #endif | |
726 | |
727 /* | |
728 * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest | |
729 * | |
730 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
731 */ | |
732 int | |
733 do_move(line1, line2, dest) | |
734 linenr_T line1; | |
735 linenr_T line2; | |
736 linenr_T dest; | |
737 { | |
738 char_u *str; | |
739 linenr_T l; | |
740 linenr_T extra; /* Num lines added before line1 */ | |
741 linenr_T num_lines; /* Num lines moved */ | |
742 linenr_T last_line; /* Last line in file after adding new text */ | |
743 | |
744 if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2) | |
745 { | |
746 EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves")); | |
747 return FAIL; | |
748 } | |
749 | |
750 num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
751 | |
752 /* | |
753 * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb | |
754 * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses. | |
755 */ | |
756 if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL) | |
757 return FAIL; | |
758 for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++) | |
759 { | |
760 str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra)); | |
761 if (str != NULL) | |
762 { | |
763 ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
764 vim_free(str); | |
765 if (dest < line1) | |
766 extra++; | |
767 } | |
768 } | |
769 | |
770 /* | |
771 * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our | |
772 * mark_adjust() calls. | |
773 * | |
774 * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the | |
775 * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks | |
776 * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added | |
777 * our new lines. | |
778 * | |
779 * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions | |
780 * (either forwards or backwards). | |
781 * | |
782 * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to | |
783 * their final destination at the new text position -- webb | |
784 */ | |
785 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
786 mark_adjust(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L); | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
787 changed_lines(last_line - num_lines + 1, 0, last_line + 1, num_lines); |
7 | 788 if (dest >= line2) |
789 { | |
790 mark_adjust(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L); | |
791 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1; | |
792 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest; | |
793 } | |
794 else | |
795 { | |
796 mark_adjust(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L); | |
797 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1; | |
798 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines; | |
799 } | |
800 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
801 mark_adjust(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line, | |
802 -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L); | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
803 changed_lines(last_line - num_lines + 1, 0, last_line + 1, -extra); |
7 | 804 |
805 /* | |
806 * Now we delete the original text -- webb | |
807 */ | |
808 if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL) | |
809 return FAIL; | |
810 | |
811 for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++) | |
812 ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE); | |
813 | |
814 if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report) | |
815 { | |
816 if (num_lines == 1) | |
817 MSG(_("1 line moved")); | |
818 else | |
819 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines moved"), num_lines); | |
820 } | |
821 | |
822 /* | |
823 * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines. | |
824 */ | |
825 if (dest >= line1) | |
826 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest; | |
827 else | |
828 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1; | |
829 | |
830 if (line1 < dest) | |
3184 | 831 { |
832 dest += num_lines + 1; | |
833 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
834 if (dest > last_line + 1) | |
835 dest = last_line + 1; | |
836 changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L); | |
837 } | |
7 | 838 else |
839 changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L); | |
840 | |
841 return OK; | |
842 } | |
843 | |
844 /* | |
845 * ":copy" | |
846 */ | |
847 void | |
848 ex_copy(line1, line2, n) | |
849 linenr_T line1; | |
850 linenr_T line2; | |
851 linenr_T n; | |
852 { | |
853 linenr_T count; | |
854 char_u *p; | |
855 | |
856 count = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
857 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1; | |
858 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count; | |
859 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
860 | |
861 /* | |
862 * there are three situations: | |
863 * 1. destination is above line1 | |
864 * 2. destination is between line1 and line2 | |
865 * 3. destination is below line2 | |
866 * | |
867 * n = destination (when starting) | |
868 * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying) | |
869 * line1 = start of source (while copying) | |
870 * line2 = end of source (while copying) | |
871 */ | |
872 if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL) | |
873 return; | |
874 | |
875 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n; | |
876 while (line1 <= line2) | |
877 { | |
878 /* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within | |
879 * ml_append() */ | |
880 p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1)); | |
881 if (p != NULL) | |
882 { | |
883 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
884 vim_free(p); | |
885 } | |
886 /* situation 2: skip already copied lines */ | |
887 if (line1 == n) | |
888 line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
889 ++line1; | |
890 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1) | |
891 ++line1; | |
892 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2) | |
893 ++line2; | |
894 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
895 } | |
896 | |
897 appended_lines_mark(n, count); | |
898 | |
899 msgmore((long)count); | |
900 } | |
901 | |
359 | 902 static char_u *prevcmd = NULL; /* the previous command */ |
903 | |
904 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) | |
905 void | |
906 free_prev_shellcmd() | |
907 { | |
908 vim_free(prevcmd); | |
909 } | |
910 #endif | |
911 | |
7 | 912 /* |
913 * Handle the ":!cmd" command. Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd" | |
914 * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command. | |
915 * Remember the argument. | |
916 */ | |
917 void | |
918 do_bang(addr_count, eap, forceit, do_in, do_out) | |
919 int addr_count; | |
920 exarg_T *eap; | |
921 int forceit; | |
922 int do_in, do_out; | |
923 { | |
924 char_u *arg = eap->arg; /* command */ | |
925 linenr_T line1 = eap->line1; /* start of range */ | |
926 linenr_T line2 = eap->line2; /* end of range */ | |
927 char_u *newcmd = NULL; /* the new command */ | |
928 int free_newcmd = FALSE; /* need to free() newcmd */ | |
929 int ins_prevcmd; | |
930 char_u *t; | |
931 char_u *p; | |
932 char_u *trailarg; | |
933 int len; | |
934 int scroll_save = msg_scroll; | |
935 | |
936 /* | |
937 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". | |
938 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for | |
939 * security reasons. | |
940 */ | |
941 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
942 return; | |
943 | |
944 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ | |
945 { | |
946 msg_scroll = FALSE; /* don't scroll here */ | |
947 autowrite_all(); | |
948 msg_scroll = scroll_save; | |
949 } | |
950 | |
951 /* | |
952 * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args] | |
953 * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable) | |
954 */ | |
955 ins_prevcmd = forceit; | |
956 trailarg = arg; | |
957 do | |
958 { | |
959 len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1; | |
960 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
961 len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd); | |
962 if (ins_prevcmd) | |
963 { | |
964 if (prevcmd == NULL) | |
965 { | |
966 EMSG(_(e_noprev)); | |
967 vim_free(newcmd); | |
968 return; | |
969 } | |
970 len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd); | |
971 } | |
1872 | 972 if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL) |
7 | 973 { |
974 vim_free(newcmd); | |
975 return; | |
976 } | |
977 *t = NUL; | |
978 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
979 STRCAT(t, newcmd); | |
980 if (ins_prevcmd) | |
981 STRCAT(t, prevcmd); | |
982 p = t + STRLEN(t); | |
983 STRCAT(t, trailarg); | |
984 vim_free(newcmd); | |
985 newcmd = t; | |
986 | |
987 /* | |
988 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the | |
989 * previous command. "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible). | |
990 */ | |
991 trailarg = NULL; | |
992 while (*p) | |
993 { | |
2823 | 994 if (*p == '!') |
7 | 995 { |
996 if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\') | |
1624 | 997 STRMOVE(p - 1, p); |
7 | 998 else |
999 { | |
1000 trailarg = p; | |
1001 *trailarg++ = NUL; | |
1002 ins_prevcmd = TRUE; | |
1003 break; | |
1004 } | |
1005 } | |
1006 ++p; | |
1007 } | |
1008 } while (trailarg != NULL); | |
1009 | |
1010 vim_free(prevcmd); | |
1011 prevcmd = newcmd; | |
1012 | |
1013 if (bangredo) /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */ | |
1014 { | |
620 | 1015 AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1); |
7 | 1016 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n"); |
1017 bangredo = FALSE; | |
1018 } | |
1019 /* | |
1020 * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them. | |
1021 */ | |
1022 if (*p_shq != NUL) | |
1023 { | |
1024 newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1)); | |
1025 if (newcmd == NULL) | |
1026 return; | |
1027 STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq); | |
1028 STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd); | |
1029 STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq); | |
1030 free_newcmd = TRUE; | |
1031 } | |
1032 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ | |
1033 { | |
1034 /* echo the command */ | |
1035 msg_start(); | |
1036 msg_putchar(':'); | |
1037 msg_putchar('!'); | |
1038 msg_outtrans(newcmd); | |
1039 msg_clr_eos(); | |
1040 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
1041 | |
1042 do_shell(newcmd, 0); | |
1043 } | |
1044 else /* :range! */ | |
725 | 1045 { |
7 | 1046 /* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of |
1047 * autocommands) */ | |
1048 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out); | |
725 | 1049 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1050 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1051 #endif | |
1052 } | |
7 | 1053 if (free_newcmd) |
1054 vim_free(newcmd); | |
1055 } | |
1056 | |
1057 /* | |
1058 * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user | |
1059 * | |
169 | 1060 * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would |
1061 * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable | |
1062 * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able | |
7 | 1063 * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking |
1064 * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the | |
1065 * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell() | |
1066 * do this. | |
169 | 1067 * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both, |
1068 * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes. | |
7 | 1069 * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE. |
1070 * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE. | |
1071 */ | |
1072 static void | |
1073 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, cmd, do_in, do_out) | |
1074 linenr_T line1, line2; | |
1075 exarg_T *eap; /* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */ | |
1076 char_u *cmd; | |
1077 int do_in, do_out; | |
1078 { | |
1079 char_u *itmp = NULL; | |
1080 char_u *otmp = NULL; | |
1081 linenr_T linecount; | |
1082 linenr_T read_linecount; | |
1083 pos_T cursor_save; | |
1084 char_u *cmd_buf; | |
1085 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1086 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
1087 #endif | |
169 | 1088 int shell_flags = 0; |
7 | 1089 |
1090 if (*cmd == NUL) /* no filter command */ | |
1091 return; | |
1092 | |
1093 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
1094 /* | |
1095 * Check if external commands are allowed now. | |
1096 */ | |
1097 if (can_end_termcap_mode(TRUE) == FALSE) | |
1098 return; | |
1099 #endif | |
1100 | |
1101 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1102 linecount = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
1103 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; | |
1104 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1105 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
1106 invalidate_botline(); | |
1107 | |
1108 /* | |
169 | 1109 * When using temp files: |
1110 * 1. * Form temp file names | |
1111 * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file | |
1112 * 3. Run the filter command on the temp file | |
1113 * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer | |
1114 * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered | |
1115 * 6. * Remove the temp files | |
1116 * | |
1117 * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a | |
1118 * pipe only need to do 3. | |
7 | 1119 */ |
1120 | |
169 | 1121 if (do_out) |
1122 shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT; | |
1123 | |
3482 | 1124 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE |
169 | 1125 if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) |
1126 { | |
1127 /* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */ | |
1128 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ; | |
1129 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; | |
1130 } | |
1131 else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp) | |
7 | 1132 { |
169 | 1133 /* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */ |
1134 shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE; | |
1135 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; | |
1136 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
7 | 1137 } |
169 | 1138 else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) |
1139 { | |
1140 /* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not | |
1141 * use a temp file. */ | |
1142 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE; | |
1143 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; | |
1144 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
1145 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; | |
1146 } | |
1147 else | |
1148 #endif | |
1149 if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i')) == NULL) | |
1150 || (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)) | |
1151 { | |
1152 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
1153 goto filterend; | |
1154 } | |
7 | 1155 |
1156 /* | |
1157 * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown. | |
1158 * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative. | |
1159 */ | |
1160 ++no_wait_return; /* don't call wait_return() while busy */ | |
169 | 1161 if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap, |
7 | 1162 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
1163 { | |
1164 msg_putchar('\n'); /* keep message from buf_write() */ | |
1165 --no_wait_return; | |
1166 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1167 if (!aborting()) | |
1168 #endif | |
1169 (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp); /* will call wait_return */ | |
1170 goto filterend; | |
1171 } | |
1172 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1173 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1174 goto filterend; | |
1175 #endif | |
1176 | |
1177 if (!do_out) | |
1178 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
1179 | |
1581 | 1180 /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */ |
7 | 1181 cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp); |
1182 if (cmd_buf == NULL) | |
1183 goto filterend; | |
1184 | |
1185 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
1186 cursor_on(); | |
1187 | |
1188 /* | |
1189 * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the | |
1190 * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by | |
1191 * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later. | |
1192 * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may | |
1193 * also mess up the screen, clear it later. | |
1194 */ | |
1195 if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in) | |
1196 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1197 | |
169 | 1198 if (do_out) |
1199 { | |
1200 if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1581 | 1201 { |
1202 vim_free(cmd_buf); | |
169 | 1203 goto error; |
1581 | 1204 } |
169 | 1205 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); |
1206 } | |
1207 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1208 | |
7 | 1209 /* |
1210 * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a | |
1211 * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you | |
1212 * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use | |
1213 * 'u' to fix the text | |
1214 * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something | |
1215 * like ":r !cat" hangs. | |
1216 * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected. | |
1217 */ | |
169 | 1218 if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags)) |
7 | 1219 { |
1220 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1221 wait_return(FALSE); | |
1222 } | |
1223 vim_free(cmd_buf); | |
1224 | |
1225 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
1226 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; | |
1227 | |
1228 /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some | |
1229 * useful output. Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel | |
1230 * reading. */ | |
1231 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1232 got_int = FALSE; | |
1233 | |
1234 if (do_out) | |
1235 { | |
169 | 1236 if (otmp != NULL) |
7 | 1237 { |
169 | 1238 if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, |
1239 eap, READ_FILTER) == FAIL) | |
1240 { | |
7 | 1241 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
169 | 1242 if (!aborting()) |
1243 #endif | |
1244 { | |
1245 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
1246 EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp); | |
1247 } | |
1248 goto error; | |
7 | 1249 } |
169 | 1250 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1251 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1252 goto filterend; | |
1253 #endif | |
7 | 1254 } |
169 | 1255 |
1256 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount; | |
1257 | |
1258 if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ) | |
1259 { | |
1260 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1; | |
1261 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1262 appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount); | |
1263 } | |
7 | 1264 |
1265 if (do_in) | |
1266 { | |
1267 if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL) | |
1268 { | |
1269 if (read_linecount >= linecount) | |
1270 /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */ | |
1271 mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L); | |
1272 else | |
1273 { | |
1274 /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks | |
1275 * that are in deleted lines */ | |
1276 mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1, | |
1277 linecount, 0L); | |
1278 mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L); | |
1279 } | |
1280 } | |
1281 | |
1282 /* | |
1283 * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd". | |
1284 * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()). | |
1285 */ | |
1286 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; | |
1287 del_lines(linecount, TRUE); | |
1288 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '[ */ | |
1289 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '] */ | |
1290 write_lnum_adjust(-linecount); /* adjust last line | |
1291 for next write */ | |
100 | 1292 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
1293 foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum); | |
1294 #endif | |
7 | 1295 } |
1296 else | |
1297 { | |
1298 /* | |
1299 * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd". | |
1300 */ | |
169 | 1301 linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1; |
7 | 1302 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum; |
1303 } | |
100 | 1304 |
7 | 1305 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); /* cursor on first non-blank */ |
1306 --no_wait_return; | |
1307 | |
1308 if (linecount > p_report) | |
1309 { | |
1310 if (do_in) | |
1311 { | |
274 | 1312 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
1313 _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount); | |
7 | 1314 if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll) |
1315 /* save message to display it after redraw */ | |
680 | 1316 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
7 | 1317 } |
1318 else | |
1319 msgmore((long)linecount); | |
1320 } | |
1321 } | |
1322 else | |
1323 { | |
1324 error: | |
1325 /* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */ | |
1326 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
1327 --no_wait_return; | |
1328 wait_return(FALSE); | |
1329 } | |
1330 | |
1331 filterend: | |
1332 | |
1333 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1334 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1335 { | |
1336 --no_wait_return; | |
1337 EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer")); | |
1338 } | |
1339 #endif | |
1340 if (itmp != NULL) | |
1341 mch_remove(itmp); | |
1342 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1343 mch_remove(otmp); | |
1344 vim_free(itmp); | |
1345 vim_free(otmp); | |
1346 } | |
1347 | |
1348 /* | |
1349 * Call a shell to execute a command. | |
1350 * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell. | |
1351 */ | |
1352 void | |
1353 do_shell(cmd, flags) | |
1354 char_u *cmd; | |
1355 int flags; /* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */ | |
1356 { | |
1357 buf_T *buf; | |
1358 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1359 int save_nwr; | |
1360 #endif | |
1361 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1362 int winstart = FALSE; | |
1363 #endif | |
1364 | |
1365 /* | |
1366 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". | |
1367 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for | |
1368 * security reasons. | |
1369 */ | |
1370 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
1371 { | |
1372 msg_end(); | |
1373 return; | |
1374 } | |
1375 | |
1376 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1377 /* | |
1378 * Check if external commands are allowed now. | |
1379 */ | |
1380 if (can_end_termcap_mode(TRUE) == FALSE) | |
1381 return; | |
1382 | |
1383 /* | |
1384 * Check if ":!start" is used. | |
1385 */ | |
1386 if (cmd != NULL) | |
1387 winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0); | |
1388 #endif | |
1389 | |
1390 /* | |
1391 * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to | |
1392 * avoid having to type return below. | |
1393 */ | |
1394 msg_putchar('\r'); /* put cursor at start of line */ | |
1395 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1396 if (!autocmd_busy) | |
1397 #endif | |
1398 { | |
1399 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1400 if (!winstart) | |
1401 #endif | |
1402 stoptermcap(); | |
1403 } | |
1404 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1405 if (!winstart) | |
1406 #endif | |
1407 msg_putchar('\n'); /* may shift screen one line up */ | |
1408 | |
1409 /* warning message before calling the shell */ | |
1410 if (p_warn | |
1411 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1412 && !autocmd_busy | |
1413 #endif | |
1414 && msg_silent == 0) | |
1415 for (buf = firstbuf; buf; buf = buf->b_next) | |
1416 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) | |
1417 { | |
1418 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1419 if (!winstart) | |
1420 starttermcap(); /* don't want a message box here */ | |
1421 #endif | |
1422 MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n")); | |
1423 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1424 if (!winstart) | |
1425 stoptermcap(); | |
1426 #endif | |
1427 break; | |
1428 } | |
1429 | |
1430 /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line | |
1431 * 1" command to the terminal. */ | |
1432 if (!swapping_screen()) | |
1433 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
1434 cursor_on(); | |
1435 (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags); | |
1436 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
1437 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; | |
1438 | |
1439 /* | |
1440 * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return() | |
1441 * to overwrite the text that the external command showed | |
1442 */ | |
1443 if (!swapping_screen()) | |
1444 { | |
1445 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
1446 msg_col = 0; | |
1447 } | |
1448 | |
1449 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1450 if (autocmd_busy) | |
1451 { | |
1452 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1453 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1454 } | |
1455 else | |
1456 #endif | |
1457 { | |
1458 /* | |
1459 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw. | |
1460 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window). | |
1461 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants | |
1462 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return(). | |
1463 */ | |
1464 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1465 if (cmd == NULL | |
1466 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
1467 || (winstart && !need_wait_return) | |
1468 # endif | |
1469 ) | |
1470 { | |
1471 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1472 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1473 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
1474 } | |
1475 else | |
1476 { | |
1477 /* | |
1478 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really | |
1479 * want to wait for "hit return to continue". | |
1480 */ | |
1481 save_nwr = no_wait_return; | |
1482 if (swapping_screen()) | |
1483 no_wait_return = FALSE; | |
1484 # ifdef AMIGA | |
1485 wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); /* see below */ | |
1486 # else | |
1487 wait_return(msg_silent == 0); | |
1488 # endif | |
1489 no_wait_return = save_nwr; | |
1490 } | |
1491 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1492 | |
1493 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1494 if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */ | |
1495 #endif | |
1496 starttermcap(); /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */ | |
1497 | |
1498 /* | |
1499 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size. | |
1500 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the | |
1501 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the | |
1502 * screen. Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return(). THIS IS UGLY | |
1503 * but it saves an extra redraw. | |
1504 */ | |
1505 #ifdef AMIGA | |
1506 if (skip_redraw) /* ':' hit in wait_return() */ | |
1507 { | |
1508 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1509 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1510 } | |
1511 else if (term_console) | |
1512 { | |
1513 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q")); /* get window size */ | |
1514 if (got_int && msg_silent == 0) | |
1515 redraw_later_clear(); /* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */ | |
1516 else | |
1517 must_redraw = 0; /* no extra redraw needed */ | |
1518 } | |
1519 #endif | |
1520 } | |
1521 | |
1522 /* display any error messages now */ | |
1523 display_errors(); | |
725 | 1524 |
1525 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1526 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1527 #endif | |
7 | 1528 } |
1529 | |
1530 /* | |
1531 * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and | |
1532 * output redirection file. | |
1533 * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure. | |
1534 */ | |
1535 char_u * | |
1536 make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp) | |
1537 char_u *cmd; /* command */ | |
1538 char_u *itmp; /* NULL or name of input file */ | |
1539 char_u *otmp; /* NULL or name of output file */ | |
1540 { | |
1541 char_u *buf; | |
1542 long_u len; | |
1543 | |
1544 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3; /* "()" + NUL */ | |
1545 if (itmp != NULL) | |
1546 len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9; /* " { < " + " } " */ | |
1547 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1548 len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* " " */ | |
1549 buf = lalloc(len, TRUE); | |
1550 if (buf == NULL) | |
1551 return NULL; | |
1552 | |
1553 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(ARCHIE)) || defined(OS2) | |
1554 /* | |
169 | 1555 * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when |
1556 * redirecting input and/or output. | |
7 | 1557 */ |
169 | 1558 if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL) |
1872 | 1559 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd); |
169 | 1560 else |
1561 STRCPY(buf, cmd); | |
7 | 1562 if (itmp != NULL) |
1563 { | |
1564 STRCAT(buf, " < "); | |
1565 STRCAT(buf, itmp); | |
1566 } | |
1567 #else | |
1568 /* | |
1569 * for shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow | |
1570 * the use of commands in a pipe. | |
1571 */ | |
1572 STRCPY(buf, cmd); | |
1573 if (itmp != NULL) | |
1574 { | |
1575 char_u *p; | |
1576 | |
1577 /* | |
1578 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it. | |
1579 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the | |
1580 * redirection would be inside the quotes. | |
1581 */ | |
1582 if (*p_shq == NUL) | |
1583 { | |
1584 p = vim_strchr(buf, '|'); | |
1585 if (p != NULL) | |
1586 *p = NUL; | |
1587 } | |
1588 STRCAT(buf, " <"); /* " < " causes problems on Amiga */ | |
1589 STRCAT(buf, itmp); | |
1590 if (*p_shq == NUL) | |
1591 { | |
1592 p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|'); | |
1593 if (p != NULL) | |
1594 { | |
1595 STRCAT(buf, " "); /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */ | |
1596 STRCAT(buf, p); | |
1597 } | |
1598 } | |
1599 } | |
1600 #endif | |
1601 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1872 | 1602 append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp); |
7 | 1603 |
1604 return buf; | |
1605 } | |
1606 | |
1607 /* | |
1872 | 1608 * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer |
1609 * "buf[buflen]" | |
7 | 1610 * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options. |
1611 * The caller should make sure that there is enough room: | |
1612 * STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3 | |
1613 */ | |
1614 void | |
1872 | 1615 append_redir(buf, buflen, opt, fname) |
7 | 1616 char_u *buf; |
1872 | 1617 int buflen; |
7 | 1618 char_u *opt; |
1619 char_u *fname; | |
1620 { | |
1621 char_u *p; | |
1872 | 1622 char_u *end; |
1623 | |
1624 end = buf + STRLEN(buf); | |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1625 /* find "%s" */ |
7 | 1626 for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p) |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1627 { |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1628 if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */ |
7 | 1629 break; |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1630 if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */ |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1631 ++p; |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1632 } |
7 | 1633 if (p != NULL) |
1634 { | |
1872 | 1635 *end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */ |
1636 vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)), | |
1637 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); | |
7 | 1638 } |
1639 else | |
1872 | 1640 vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)), |
7 | 1641 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
1642 " %s %s", | |
1643 #else | |
1644 " %s%s", /* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */ | |
1645 #endif | |
1646 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); | |
1647 } | |
1648 | |
1649 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
1650 | |
1651 static int no_viminfo __ARGS((void)); | |
1652 static int viminfo_errcnt; | |
1653 | |
1654 static int | |
1655 no_viminfo() | |
1656 { | |
1657 /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */ | |
1658 return (use_viminfo != NULL && STRCMP(use_viminfo, "NONE") == 0); | |
1659 } | |
1660 | |
1661 /* | |
1662 * Report an error for reading a viminfo file. | |
1663 * Count the number of errors. When there are more than 10, return TRUE. | |
1664 */ | |
1665 int | |
1666 viminfo_error(errnum, message, line) | |
1667 char *errnum; | |
1668 char *message; | |
1669 char_u *line; | |
1670 { | |
274 | 1671 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "), |
1672 errnum, message); | |
1459 | 1673 STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1); |
156 | 1674 if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n') |
1675 IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL; | |
7 | 1676 emsg(IObuff); |
1677 if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10) | |
1678 { | |
1679 EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file")); | |
1680 return TRUE; | |
1681 } | |
1682 return FALSE; | |
1683 } | |
1684 | |
1685 /* | |
1686 * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file. Registers etc. which are already | |
1733 | 1687 * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb |
7 | 1688 */ |
1689 int | |
1733 | 1690 read_viminfo(file, flags) |
1691 char_u *file; /* file name or NULL to use default name */ | |
1692 int flags; /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */ | |
7 | 1693 { |
1694 FILE *fp; | |
1695 char_u *fname; | |
1696 | |
1697 if (no_viminfo()) | |
1698 return FAIL; | |
1699 | |
1733 | 1700 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* get file name in allocated buffer */ |
7 | 1701 if (fname == NULL) |
1702 return FAIL; | |
1703 fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); | |
1704 | |
1705 if (p_verbose > 0) | |
294 | 1706 { |
1707 verbose_enter(); | |
274 | 1708 smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"), |
1709 fname, | |
1733 | 1710 (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "", |
1711 (flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "", | |
1712 (flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "", | |
274 | 1713 fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : ""); |
294 | 1714 verbose_leave(); |
1715 } | |
7 | 1716 |
1717 vim_free(fname); | |
1718 if (fp == NULL) | |
1719 return FAIL; | |
1720 | |
1721 viminfo_errcnt = 0; | |
1733 | 1722 do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags); |
7 | 1723 |
1724 fclose(fp); | |
1725 return OK; | |
1726 } | |
1727 | |
1728 /* | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1729 * Write the viminfo file. The old one is read in first so that effectively a |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1730 * merge of current info and old info is done. This allows multiple vims to |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1731 * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc. |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1732 * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1733 * info is written to the file. |
7 | 1734 */ |
1735 void | |
1736 write_viminfo(file, forceit) | |
1737 char_u *file; | |
1738 int forceit; | |
1739 { | |
1740 char_u *fname; | |
1741 FILE *fp_in = NULL; /* input viminfo file, if any */ | |
1742 FILE *fp_out = NULL; /* output viminfo file */ | |
1743 char_u *tempname = NULL; /* name of temp viminfo file */ | |
1744 struct stat st_new; /* mch_stat() of potential new file */ | |
1745 char_u *wp; | |
1746 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1747 mode_t umask_save; | |
1748 #endif | |
1749 #ifdef UNIX | |
1750 int shortname = FALSE; /* use 8.3 file name */ | |
1751 struct stat st_old; /* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */ | |
1752 #endif | |
601 | 1753 #ifdef WIN3264 |
1754 long perm = -1; | |
1755 #endif | |
7 | 1756 |
1757 if (no_viminfo()) | |
1758 return; | |
1759 | |
1760 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* may set to default if NULL */ | |
1761 if (fname == NULL) | |
1762 return; | |
1763 | |
1764 fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); | |
1765 if (fp_in == NULL) | |
1766 { | |
1767 /* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */ | |
1768 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0) | |
1769 goto end; | |
1770 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1771 /* | |
1772 * For Unix we create the .viminfo non-accessible for others, | |
1773 * because it may contain text from non-accessible documents. | |
1774 */ | |
1775 umask_save = umask(077); | |
1776 #endif | |
1777 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)fname, WRITEBIN); | |
1778 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1779 (void)umask(umask_save); | |
1780 #endif | |
1781 } | |
1782 else | |
1783 { | |
1784 /* | |
1785 * There is an existing viminfo file. Create a temporary file to | |
1786 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the | |
1787 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed later. | |
1788 */ | |
1789 #ifdef UNIX | |
1790 /* | |
1791 * For Unix we check the owner of the file. It's not very nice to | |
1792 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a | |
1793 * viminfo file that the user can't read. | |
1794 */ | |
1869 | 1795 st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0; |
1438 | 1796 st_old.st_ino = 0; |
7 | 1797 st_old.st_mode = 0600; |
1076 | 1798 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0 |
1799 && getuid() != ROOT_UID | |
560 | 1800 && !(st_old.st_uid == getuid() |
7 | 1801 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0200) |
1802 : (st_old.st_gid == getgid() | |
1803 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0020) | |
1804 : (st_old.st_mode & 0002)))) | |
1805 { | |
944 | 1806 int tt = msg_didany; |
7 | 1807 |
1808 /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */ | |
1809 EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname); | |
1810 msg_didany = tt; | |
840 | 1811 fclose(fp_in); |
7 | 1812 goto end; |
1813 } | |
1814 #endif | |
601 | 1815 #ifdef WIN3264 |
1816 /* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */ | |
1817 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
1818 #endif | |
7 | 1819 |
1820 /* | |
1821 * Make tempname. | |
1822 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in | |
1823 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem. | |
1824 */ | |
1825 for (;;) | |
1826 { | |
1827 tempname = buf_modname( | |
1828 #ifdef UNIX | |
1829 shortname, | |
1830 #else | |
1831 # ifdef SHORT_FNAME | |
1832 TRUE, | |
1833 # else | |
1834 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
1835 gui_is_win32s(), | |
1836 # else | |
1837 FALSE, | |
1838 # endif | |
1839 # endif | |
1840 #endif | |
1841 fname, | |
1842 #ifdef VMS | |
1843 (char_u *)"-tmp", | |
1844 #else | |
1845 (char_u *)".tmp", | |
1846 #endif | |
1847 FALSE); | |
1848 if (tempname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
1849 break; | |
1850 | |
1851 /* | |
1852 * Check if tempfile already exists. Never overwrite an | |
1853 * existing file! | |
1854 */ | |
1855 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0) | |
1856 { | |
1857 #ifdef UNIX | |
1858 /* | |
1859 * Check if tempfile is same as original file. May happen | |
1860 * when modname() gave the same file back. E.g. silly | |
1861 * link, or file name-length reached. Try again with | |
1862 * shortname set. | |
1863 */ | |
560 | 1864 if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev |
1865 && st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino) | |
7 | 1866 { |
1867 vim_free(tempname); | |
1868 tempname = NULL; | |
1869 shortname = TRUE; | |
1870 continue; | |
1871 } | |
1872 #endif | |
1873 /* | |
1874 * Try another name. Change one character, just before | |
1875 * the extension. This should also work for an 8.3 | |
1876 * file name, when after adding the extension it still is | |
1877 * the same file as the original. | |
1878 */ | |
1879 wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5; | |
1880 if (wp < gettail(tempname)) /* empty file name? */ | |
1881 wp = gettail(tempname); | |
1882 for (*wp = 'z'; mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0; | |
1883 --*wp) | |
1884 { | |
1885 /* | |
1886 * They all exist? Must be something wrong! Don't | |
1887 * write the viminfo file then. | |
1888 */ | |
1889 if (*wp == 'a') | |
1890 { | |
1891 vim_free(tempname); | |
1892 tempname = NULL; | |
1893 break; | |
1894 } | |
1895 } | |
1896 } | |
1897 break; | |
1898 } | |
1899 | |
1900 if (tempname != NULL) | |
1901 { | |
762 | 1902 #ifdef VMS |
1903 /* fdopen() fails for some reason */ | |
770 | 1904 umask_save = umask(077); |
1905 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); | |
1906 (void)umask(umask_save); | |
762 | 1907 #else |
557 | 1908 int fd; |
1909 | |
1910 /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file | |
601 | 1911 * protection: |
673 | 1912 * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit. Reset umask to |
1913 * avoid it getting in the way. | |
601 | 1914 * Others: r&w for user only. */ |
762 | 1915 # ifdef UNIX |
673 | 1916 umask_save = umask(0); |
557 | 1917 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, |
1918 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, | |
569 | 1919 (int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600)); |
673 | 1920 (void)umask(umask_save); |
762 | 1921 # else |
569 | 1922 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, |
673 | 1923 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); |
762 | 1924 # endif |
557 | 1925 if (fd < 0) |
1926 fp_out = NULL; | |
1927 else | |
1928 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); | |
762 | 1929 #endif /* VMS */ |
7 | 1930 |
1931 /* | |
1932 * If we can't create in the same directory, try creating a | |
1933 * "normal" temp file. | |
1934 */ | |
1935 if (fp_out == NULL) | |
1936 { | |
1937 vim_free(tempname); | |
1938 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) != NULL) | |
1939 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); | |
1940 } | |
557 | 1941 |
1942 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) | |
7 | 1943 /* |
557 | 1944 * Make sure the owner can read/write it. This only works for |
1945 * root. | |
7 | 1946 */ |
1947 if (fp_out != NULL) | |
1757 | 1948 ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, st_old.st_gid); |
7 | 1949 #endif |
1950 } | |
1951 } | |
1952 | |
1953 /* | |
1954 * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to. | |
1955 */ | |
1956 if (fp_out == NULL) | |
1957 { | |
1958 EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"), | |
301 | 1959 (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname); |
7 | 1960 if (fp_in != NULL) |
1961 fclose(fp_in); | |
1962 goto end; | |
1963 } | |
1964 | |
1965 if (p_verbose > 0) | |
294 | 1966 { |
1967 verbose_enter(); | |
274 | 1968 smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname); |
294 | 1969 verbose_leave(); |
1970 } | |
7 | 1971 |
1972 viminfo_errcnt = 0; | |
1733 | 1973 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS)); |
7 | 1974 |
1975 fclose(fp_out); /* errors are ignored !? */ | |
1976 if (fp_in != NULL) | |
1977 { | |
1978 fclose(fp_in); | |
601 | 1979 |
7 | 1980 /* |
601 | 1981 * In case of an error keep the original viminfo file. |
1982 * Otherwise rename the newly written file. | |
7 | 1983 */ |
1984 if (viminfo_errcnt || vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1) | |
1985 mch_remove(tempname); | |
601 | 1986 |
1987 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
1988 /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */ | |
1989 if (perm > 0 && (perm & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN)) | |
1990 mch_hide(fname); | |
1991 #endif | |
1992 } | |
1993 | |
7 | 1994 end: |
1995 vim_free(fname); | |
1996 vim_free(tempname); | |
1997 } | |
1998 | |
1999 /* | |
2000 * Get the viminfo file name to use. | |
2001 * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by | |
2002 * cmdline functions). | |
2003 * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and | |
2004 * expand environment variables. | |
2005 * Returns an allocated string. NULL when out of memory. | |
2006 */ | |
2007 static char_u * | |
2008 viminfo_filename(file) | |
2009 char_u *file; | |
2010 { | |
2011 if (file == NULL || *file == NUL) | |
2012 { | |
2013 if (use_viminfo != NULL) | |
2014 file = use_viminfo; | |
2015 else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL) | |
2016 { | |
2017 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2 | |
2018 /* don't use $HOME when not defined (turned into "c:/"!). */ | |
2019 # ifdef VMS | |
2020 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL) | |
2021 # else | |
2022 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) | |
2023 # endif | |
2024 { | |
2025 /* don't use $VIM when not available. */ | |
2026 expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
2027 if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0) /* $VIM was expanded */ | |
2028 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2; | |
2029 else | |
2030 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; | |
2031 } | |
2032 else | |
2033 #endif | |
2034 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; | |
2035 } | |
2036 expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
2037 file = NameBuff; | |
2038 } | |
2039 return vim_strsave(file); | |
2040 } | |
2041 | |
2042 /* | |
2043 * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo(). | |
2044 */ | |
2045 static void | |
1733 | 2046 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, flags) |
7 | 2047 FILE *fp_in; |
2048 FILE *fp_out; | |
1733 | 2049 int flags; |
7 | 2050 { |
2051 int count = 0; | |
2052 int eof = FALSE; | |
2053 vir_T vir; | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2054 int merge = FALSE; |
7 | 2055 |
2056 if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL) | |
2057 return; | |
2058 vir.vir_fd = fp_in; | |
2059 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2060 vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
2061 #endif | |
2062 | |
2063 if (fp_in != NULL) | |
2064 { | |
1733 | 2065 if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2066 { |
1733 | 2067 eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir, |
2068 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL); | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2069 merge = TRUE; |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2070 } |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2071 else if (flags != 0) |
7 | 2072 /* Skip info, find start of marks */ |
2073 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir)) | |
2074 && vir.vir_line[0] != '>') | |
2075 ; | |
2076 } | |
2077 if (fp_out != NULL) | |
2078 { | |
2079 /* Write the info: */ | |
2080 fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"), | |
2081 VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM); | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
2082 fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out); |
7 | 2083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
2084 fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out); |
7 | 2085 fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc); |
2086 #endif | |
2087 write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out); | |
2088 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out); | |
2089 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2090 write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge); |
7 | 2091 #endif |
2092 write_viminfo_registers(fp_out); | |
2093 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2094 write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out); | |
2095 #endif | |
2096 write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out); | |
2097 write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out); | |
2098 count = write_viminfo_marks(fp_out); | |
2099 } | |
1733 | 2100 if (fp_in != NULL |
2101 && (flags & (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT))) | |
2102 copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, count, eof, flags); | |
7 | 2103 |
2104 vim_free(vir.vir_line); | |
2105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2106 if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
2107 convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL); | |
2108 #endif | |
2109 } | |
2110 | |
2111 /* | |
2112 * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo(). Reads in the | |
2113 * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that | |
2114 * are local to a file. Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb | |
2115 */ | |
2116 static int | |
2117 read_viminfo_up_to_marks(virp, forceit, writing) | |
2118 vir_T *virp; | |
2119 int forceit; | |
2120 int writing; | |
2121 { | |
2122 int eof; | |
2123 buf_T *buf; | |
2124 | |
2125 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4285 | 2126 prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing); |
7 | 2127 #endif |
2128 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2129 while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>') | |
2130 { | |
2131 switch (virp->vir_line[0]) | |
2132 { | |
2133 /* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */ | |
2134 case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */ | |
2135 case '|': /* to be defined */ | |
2136 case '^': /* to be defined */ | |
2137 case '<': /* long line - ignored */ | |
2138 /* A comment or empty line. */ | |
2139 case NUL: | |
2140 case '\r': | |
2141 case '\n': | |
2142 case '#': | |
2143 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2144 break; | |
2145 case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */ | |
2146 eof = viminfo_encoding(virp); | |
2147 break; | |
2148 case '!': /* global variable */ | |
2149 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2150 eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing); | |
2151 #else | |
2152 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2153 #endif | |
2154 break; | |
2155 case '%': /* entry for buffer list */ | |
2156 eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing); | |
2157 break; | |
2158 case '"': | |
2159 eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit); | |
2160 break; | |
2161 case '/': /* Search string */ | |
2162 case '&': /* Substitute search string */ | |
2163 case '~': /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */ | |
2164 eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit); | |
2165 break; | |
2166 case '$': | |
2167 eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit); | |
2168 break; | |
2169 case ':': | |
2170 case '?': | |
2171 case '=': | |
2172 case '@': | |
2173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4285 | 2174 eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing); |
7 | 2175 #else |
2176 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2177 #endif | |
2178 break; | |
2179 case '-': | |
2180 case '\'': | |
2181 eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit); | |
2182 break; | |
2183 default: | |
2184 if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"), | |
2185 virp->vir_line)) | |
2186 eof = TRUE; | |
2187 else | |
2188 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2189 break; | |
2190 } | |
2191 } | |
2192 | |
2193 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
2194 /* Finish reading history items. */ | |
4285 | 2195 if (!writing) |
2196 finish_viminfo_history(); | |
7 | 2197 #endif |
2198 | |
2199 /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */ | |
2200 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
2201 fmarks_check_names(buf); | |
2202 | |
2203 return eof; | |
2204 } | |
2205 | |
2206 /* | |
2207 * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of | |
2208 * 'encoding'. If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for | |
2209 * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring(). | |
2210 */ | |
2211 static int | |
2212 viminfo_encoding(virp) | |
2213 vir_T *virp; | |
2214 { | |
2215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2216 char_u *p; | |
2217 int i; | |
2218 | |
2219 if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0) | |
2220 { | |
2221 p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '='); | |
2222 if (p != NULL) | |
2223 { | |
2224 /* remove trailing newline */ | |
2225 ++p; | |
2226 for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i) | |
2227 ; | |
2228 p[i] = NUL; | |
2229 | |
2230 convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc); | |
2231 } | |
2232 } | |
2233 #endif | |
2234 return viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2235 } | |
2236 | |
2237 /* | |
2238 * Read a line from the viminfo file. | |
2239 * Returns TRUE for end-of-file; | |
2240 */ | |
2241 int | |
2242 viminfo_readline(virp) | |
2243 vir_T *virp; | |
2244 { | |
2245 return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd); | |
2246 } | |
2247 | |
2248 /* | |
2249 * check string read from viminfo file | |
2250 * remove '\n' at the end of the line | |
2251 * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V | |
2252 * - replace CTRL-V 'n' with '\n' | |
2253 * | |
2254 * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring(). | |
2255 * | |
2256 * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory). | |
2257 */ | |
2258 char_u * | |
2259 viminfo_readstring(virp, off, convert) | |
2260 vir_T *virp; | |
2261 int off; /* offset for virp->vir_line */ | |
1883 | 2262 int convert UNUSED; /* convert the string */ |
7 | 2263 { |
2264 char_u *retval; | |
2265 char_u *s, *d; | |
2266 long len; | |
2267 | |
2268 if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1])) | |
2269 { | |
2270 len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1); | |
2271 retval = lalloc(len, TRUE); | |
2272 if (retval == NULL) | |
2273 { | |
2274 /* Line too long? File messed up? Skip next line. */ | |
2275 (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd); | |
2276 return NULL; | |
2277 } | |
2278 (void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd); | |
2279 s = retval + 1; /* Skip the leading '<' */ | |
2280 } | |
2281 else | |
2282 { | |
2283 retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off); | |
2284 if (retval == NULL) | |
2285 return NULL; | |
2286 s = retval; | |
2287 } | |
2288 | |
2289 /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */ | |
2290 d = retval; | |
2291 while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n') | |
2292 { | |
2293 if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL) | |
2294 { | |
2295 if (s[1] == 'n') | |
2296 *d++ = '\n'; | |
2297 else | |
2298 *d++ = Ctrl_V; | |
2299 s += 2; | |
2300 } | |
2301 else | |
2302 *d++ = *s++; | |
2303 } | |
2304 *d = NUL; | |
2305 | |
2306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2307 if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL) | |
2308 { | |
2309 d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL); | |
2310 if (d != NULL) | |
2311 { | |
2312 vim_free(retval); | |
2313 retval = d; | |
2314 } | |
2315 } | |
2316 #endif | |
2317 | |
2318 return retval; | |
2319 } | |
2320 | |
2321 /* | |
2322 * write string to viminfo file | |
2323 * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V | |
2324 * - replace '\n' with CTRL-V 'n' | |
2325 * - add a '\n' at the end | |
2326 * | |
2327 * For a long line: | |
2328 * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line | |
2329 * - write " < <string> \n " in second line | |
2330 */ | |
2331 void | |
2332 viminfo_writestring(fd, p) | |
2333 FILE *fd; | |
2334 char_u *p; | |
2335 { | |
2336 int c; | |
2337 char_u *s; | |
2338 int len = 0; | |
2339 | |
2340 for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
2341 { | |
2342 if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n') | |
2343 ++len; | |
2344 ++len; | |
2345 } | |
2346 | |
2347 /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next | |
2348 * line. Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before | |
2349 * the string (e.g., variable name). Add something to the length for the | |
2350 * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */ | |
2351 if (len > LSIZE / 2) | |
2352 fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3); | |
2353 | |
2354 while ((c = *p++) != NUL) | |
2355 { | |
2356 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n') | |
2357 { | |
2358 putc(Ctrl_V, fd); | |
2359 if (c == '\n') | |
2360 c = 'n'; | |
2361 } | |
2362 putc(c, fd); | |
2363 } | |
2364 putc('\n', fd); | |
2365 } | |
2366 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
2367 | |
2368 /* | |
2369 * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty(). | |
2370 * <BS> resulting <Del> | |
2371 * ^? ^H | |
2372 * not ^? ^? | |
2373 */ | |
2374 void | |
2375 do_fixdel(eap) | |
1876 | 2376 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
7 | 2377 { |
2378 char_u *p; | |
2379 | |
2380 p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb"); | |
2381 add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL | |
2382 && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE); | |
2383 } | |
2384 | |
2385 void | |
169 | 2386 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list) |
7 | 2387 linenr_T lnum; |
2388 int use_number; | |
169 | 2389 int list; |
7 | 2390 { |
13 | 2391 char_u numbuf[30]; |
7 | 2392 |
2393 if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number) | |
2394 { | |
1872 | 2395 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), |
2396 "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum); | |
7 | 2397 msg_puts_attr(numbuf, hl_attr(HLF_N)); /* Highlight line nrs */ |
2398 } | |
169 | 2399 msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list); |
7 | 2400 } |
2401 | |
2402 /* | |
2403 * Print a text line. Also in silent mode ("ex -s"). | |
2404 */ | |
2405 void | |
169 | 2406 print_line(lnum, use_number, list) |
7 | 2407 linenr_T lnum; |
2408 int use_number; | |
169 | 2409 int list; |
7 | 2410 { |
2411 int save_silent = silent_mode; | |
2412 | |
169 | 2413 msg_start(); |
7 | 2414 silent_mode = FALSE; |
169 | 2415 info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */ |
2416 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list); | |
7 | 2417 if (save_silent) |
2418 { | |
2419 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
2420 cursor_on(); /* msg_start() switches it off */ | |
2421 out_flush(); | |
2422 silent_mode = save_silent; | |
1798 | 2423 } |
2424 info_message = FALSE; | |
7 | 2425 } |
2426 | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2427 int |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2428 rename_buffer(new_fname) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2429 char_u *new_fname; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2430 { |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2431 char_u *fname, *sfname, *xfname; |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2432 buf_T *buf; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2433 |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2434 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2435 buf = curbuf; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2436 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2437 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2438 if (buf != curbuf) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2439 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2440 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2441 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2442 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2443 # endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2444 #endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2445 /* |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2446 * The name of the current buffer will be changed. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2447 * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2448 * name, which will become the alternate file name. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2449 * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2450 * name. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2451 */ |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2452 fname = curbuf->b_ffname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2453 sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2454 xfname = curbuf->b_fname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2455 curbuf->b_ffname = NULL; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2456 curbuf->b_sfname = NULL; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2457 if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2458 { |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2459 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2460 curbuf->b_sfname = sfname; |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2461 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2462 } |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2463 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED; |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2464 if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2465 { |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2466 buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2467 if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2468 curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2469 } |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2470 vim_free(fname); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2471 vim_free(sfname); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2472 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2473 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2474 #endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2475 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2476 DO_AUTOCHDIR |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2477 return OK; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2478 } |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2479 |
7 | 2480 /* |
2481 * ":file[!] [fname]". | |
2482 */ | |
2483 void | |
2484 ex_file(eap) | |
2485 exarg_T *eap; | |
2486 { | |
14 | 2487 /* ":0file" removes the file name. Check for illegal uses ":3file", |
2488 * "0file name", etc. */ | |
2489 if (eap->addr_count > 0 | |
2490 && (*eap->arg != NUL | |
2491 || eap->line2 > 0 | |
2492 || eap->addr_count > 1)) | |
2493 { | |
2494 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
2495 return; | |
2496 } | |
2497 | |
2498 if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1) | |
7 | 2499 { |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2500 if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL) |
7 | 2501 return; |
2502 } | |
2503 /* print full file name if :cd used */ | |
2504 fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit); | |
2505 } | |
2506 | |
2507 /* | |
2508 * ":update". | |
2509 */ | |
2510 void | |
2511 ex_update(eap) | |
2512 exarg_T *eap; | |
2513 { | |
2514 if (curbufIsChanged()) | |
2515 (void)do_write(eap); | |
2516 } | |
2517 | |
2518 /* | |
2519 * ":write" and ":saveas". | |
2520 */ | |
2521 void | |
2522 ex_write(eap) | |
2523 exarg_T *eap; | |
2524 { | |
2525 if (eap->usefilter) /* input lines to shell command */ | |
2526 do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); | |
2527 else | |
2528 (void)do_write(eap); | |
2529 } | |
2530 | |
2531 /* | |
2532 * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg' | |
2533 * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file | |
2534 * | |
2535 * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file | |
2536 * | |
2537 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2538 */ | |
2539 int | |
2540 do_write(eap) | |
2541 exarg_T *eap; | |
2542 { | |
2543 int other; | |
2544 char_u *fname = NULL; /* init to shut up gcc */ | |
2545 char_u *ffname; | |
2546 int retval = FAIL; | |
2547 char_u *free_fname = NULL; | |
2548 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2549 char_u *browse_file = NULL; | |
2550 #endif | |
2551 buf_T *alt_buf = NULL; | |
2552 | |
2553 if (not_writing()) /* check 'write' option */ | |
2554 return FAIL; | |
2555 | |
2556 ffname = eap->arg; | |
2557 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2558 if (cmdmod.browse) | |
2559 { | |
29 | 2560 browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname, |
7 | 2561 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); |
2562 if (browse_file == NULL) | |
2563 goto theend; | |
2564 ffname = browse_file; | |
2565 } | |
2566 #endif | |
2567 if (*ffname == NUL) | |
2568 { | |
2569 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) | |
2570 { | |
2571 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); | |
2572 goto theend; | |
2573 } | |
2574 other = FALSE; | |
2575 } | |
2576 else | |
2577 { | |
2578 fname = ffname; | |
2579 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); | |
2580 /* | |
2581 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be | |
2582 * able to write the file in this situation. | |
2583 */ | |
2584 if (free_fname != NULL) | |
2585 ffname = free_fname; | |
2586 other = otherfile(ffname); | |
2587 } | |
2588 | |
2589 /* | |
2590 * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names. | |
2591 */ | |
2592 if (other) | |
2593 { | |
2594 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL | |
2595 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) | |
2596 alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1); | |
2597 else | |
2598 alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname); | |
2599 if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
2600 { | |
2601 /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a | |
2602 * good idea. */ | |
315 | 2603 EMSG(_(e_bufloaded)); |
7 | 2604 goto theend; |
2605 } | |
2606 } | |
2607 | |
2608 /* | |
2609 * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode | |
2610 * and a file name is required. | |
2611 * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either. | |
2612 */ | |
2613 if (!other && ( | |
2614 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
2615 bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) || | |
2616 #endif | |
2617 check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf))) | |
2618 goto theend; | |
2619 | |
2620 if (!other) | |
2621 { | |
2622 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
2623 fname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
2624 /* | |
2625 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'. | |
2626 */ | |
2627 if ( (eap->line1 != 1 | |
2628 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
2629 && !eap->forceit | |
2630 && !eap->append | |
2631 && !p_wa) | |
2632 { | |
2633 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
2634 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) | |
2635 { | |
2636 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, | |
2637 (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES) | |
2638 goto theend; | |
2639 eap->forceit = TRUE; | |
2640 } | |
2641 else | |
2642 #endif | |
2643 { | |
2644 EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer")); | |
2645 goto theend; | |
2646 } | |
2647 } | |
2648 } | |
2649 | |
2650 if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK) | |
2651 { | |
2652 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL) | |
2653 { | |
2654 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2655 buf_T *was_curbuf = curbuf; | |
2656 | |
2657 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
21 | 2658 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); |
7 | 2659 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
2660 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) | |
2661 # else | |
2662 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) | |
2663 # endif | |
2664 { | |
2665 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ | |
2666 retval = FAIL; | |
2667 goto theend; | |
2668 } | |
2669 #endif | |
2670 /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate | |
2671 * buffer. This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer | |
2672 * under the new name. Must be done before buf_write(), because | |
2673 * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set | |
2674 * the file name. */ | |
2675 fname = alt_buf->b_fname; | |
2676 alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
2677 curbuf->b_fname = fname; | |
2678 fname = alt_buf->b_ffname; | |
2679 alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
2680 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; | |
2681 fname = alt_buf->b_sfname; | |
2682 alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; | |
2683 curbuf->b_sfname = fname; | |
2684 buf_name_changed(curbuf); | |
2685 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2686 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
21 | 2687 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); |
7 | 2688 if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl) |
2689 { | |
2690 alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE; | |
2691 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); | |
2692 } | |
2693 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2694 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) | |
2695 # else | |
2696 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) | |
2697 # endif | |
2698 { | |
2699 /* buffer changed, don't write the file */ | |
2700 retval = FAIL; | |
2701 goto theend; | |
2702 } | |
634 | 2703 |
2704 /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */ | |
2705 if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL) | |
2706 { | |
819 | 2707 if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect")) |
2708 (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead", | |
2709 TRUE); | |
717 | 2710 do_modelines(0); |
634 | 2711 } |
2648 | 2712 |
2713 /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when | |
2714 * 'autochdir' is set. */ | |
2715 fname = curbuf->b_sfname; | |
7 | 2716 #endif |
2717 } | |
2718 | |
2719 retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2, | |
2720 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE); | |
634 | 2721 |
819 | 2722 /* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */ |
961 | 2723 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) |
2724 { | |
2725 if (retval == OK) | |
1806 | 2726 { |
961 | 2727 curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE; |
1806 | 2728 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
2729 redraw_tabline = TRUE; | |
2730 #endif | |
2731 } | |
961 | 2732 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
2733 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
2734 } | |
7 | 2735 } |
2736 | |
2737 theend: | |
2738 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2739 vim_free(browse_file); | |
2740 #endif | |
2741 vim_free(free_fname); | |
2742 return retval; | |
2743 } | |
2744 | |
2745 /* | |
2746 * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file. If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED, | |
2747 * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file. | |
2748 * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite. | |
2749 * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not. | |
2750 */ | |
3486 | 2751 int |
7 | 2752 check_overwrite(eap, buf, fname, ffname, other) |
2753 exarg_T *eap; | |
2754 buf_T *buf; | |
2755 char_u *fname; /* file name to be used (can differ from | |
2756 buf->ffname) */ | |
2757 char_u *ffname; /* full path version of fname */ | |
2758 int other; /* writing under other name */ | |
2759 { | |
2760 /* | |
2761 * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file: | |
2762 * overwriting only allowed with '!' | |
2763 */ | |
2764 if ( (other | |
2765 || (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED) | |
2766 || ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW) | |
2767 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL) | |
2768 || (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR)) | |
2769 && !p_wa | |
1457 | 2770 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
2771 && !bt_nofile(buf) | |
2772 #endif | |
7 | 2773 && vim_fexists(ffname)) |
2774 { | |
460 | 2775 if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append) |
7 | 2776 { |
460 | 2777 #ifdef UNIX |
637 | 2778 /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */ |
460 | 2779 if (mch_isdir(ffname)) |
2780 { | |
2781 EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname); | |
2782 return FAIL; | |
2783 } | |
7 | 2784 #endif |
2785 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
460 | 2786 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) |
2787 { | |
2770 | 2788 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
460 | 2789 |
2790 dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname); | |
2791 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES) | |
2792 return FAIL; | |
2793 eap->forceit = TRUE; | |
2794 } | |
2795 else | |
2796 #endif | |
2797 { | |
2798 EMSG(_(e_exists)); | |
7 | 2799 return FAIL; |
460 | 2800 } |
7 | 2801 } |
460 | 2802 |
2803 /* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */ | |
2804 if (other && !emsg_silent) | |
7 | 2805 { |
2770 | 2806 char_u *dir; |
460 | 2807 char_u *p; |
2808 int r; | |
2809 char_u *swapname; | |
2810 | |
2811 /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if | |
2812 * it's writable. If the "." directory is not writable the write | |
2813 * will probably fail anyway. | |
2814 * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer | |
2815 * for the written file. */ | |
2816 if (*p_dir == NUL) | |
2770 | 2817 { |
2818 dir = alloc(5); | |
2819 if (dir == NULL) | |
2820 return FAIL; | |
460 | 2821 STRCPY(dir, "."); |
2770 | 2822 } |
460 | 2823 else |
2824 { | |
2770 | 2825 dir = alloc(MAXPATHL); |
2826 if (dir == NULL) | |
2827 return FAIL; | |
460 | 2828 p = p_dir; |
2829 copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ","); | |
2830 } | |
2831 swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir); | |
2770 | 2832 vim_free(dir); |
460 | 2833 r = vim_fexists(swapname); |
2834 if (r) | |
2835 { | |
2836 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
2837 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) | |
2838 { | |
2770 | 2839 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
460 | 2840 |
2841 dialog_msg(buff, | |
2842 _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"), | |
2843 swapname); | |
2844 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) | |
2845 != VIM_YES) | |
819 | 2846 { |
2847 vim_free(swapname); | |
460 | 2848 return FAIL; |
819 | 2849 } |
460 | 2850 eap->forceit = TRUE; |
2851 } | |
2852 else | |
2853 #endif | |
2854 { | |
2855 EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"), | |
2856 swapname); | |
819 | 2857 vim_free(swapname); |
460 | 2858 return FAIL; |
2859 } | |
2860 } | |
819 | 2861 vim_free(swapname); |
7 | 2862 } |
2863 } | |
2864 return OK; | |
2865 } | |
2866 | |
2867 /* | |
2868 * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands. | |
2869 */ | |
2870 void | |
2871 ex_wnext(eap) | |
2872 exarg_T *eap; | |
2873 { | |
2874 int i; | |
2875 | |
2876 if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n') | |
2877 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2; | |
2878 else | |
2879 i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2; | |
2880 eap->line1 = 1; | |
2881 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2882 if (do_write(eap) != FAIL) | |
2883 do_argfile(eap, i); | |
2884 } | |
2885 | |
2886 /* | |
2887 * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit). | |
2888 */ | |
2889 void | |
2890 do_wqall(eap) | |
2891 exarg_T *eap; | |
2892 { | |
2893 buf_T *buf; | |
2894 int error = 0; | |
2895 int save_forceit = eap->forceit; | |
2896 | |
2897 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall) | |
2898 exiting = TRUE; | |
2899 | |
2900 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
2901 { | |
2902 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) | |
2903 { | |
2904 /* | |
2905 * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written: | |
2906 * 1. if the 'write' option is set | |
2907 * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing) | |
2908 * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog) | |
2909 * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog) | |
2910 */ | |
2911 if (not_writing()) | |
2912 { | |
2913 ++error; | |
2914 break; | |
2915 } | |
2916 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2917 /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */ | |
2918 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse) | |
2919 browse_save_fname(buf); | |
2920 #endif | |
2921 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL) | |
2922 { | |
2923 EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum); | |
2924 ++error; | |
2925 } | |
2926 else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf) | |
2927 || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname, | |
2928 FALSE) == FAIL) | |
2929 { | |
2930 ++error; | |
2931 } | |
2932 else | |
2933 { | |
2934 if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL) | |
2935 ++error; | |
2936 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2937 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */ | |
2938 if (!buf_valid(buf)) | |
2939 buf = firstbuf; | |
2940 #endif | |
2941 } | |
2942 eap->forceit = save_forceit; /* check_overwrite() may set it */ | |
2943 } | |
2944 } | |
2945 if (exiting) | |
2946 { | |
2947 if (!error) | |
2948 getout(0); /* exit Vim */ | |
2949 not_exiting(); | |
2950 } | |
2951 } | |
2952 | |
2953 /* | |
2954 * Check the 'write' option. | |
2955 * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st. | |
2956 */ | |
2957 int | |
2958 not_writing() | |
2959 { | |
2960 if (p_write) | |
2961 return FALSE; | |
2962 EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option")); | |
2963 return TRUE; | |
2964 } | |
2965 | |
2966 /* | |
1303 | 2967 * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is |
2968 * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error | |
2969 * message when the buffer is readonly. | |
7 | 2970 */ |
2971 static int | |
2972 check_readonly(forceit, buf) | |
2973 int *forceit; | |
2974 buf_T *buf; | |
2975 { | |
1303 | 2976 struct stat st; |
2977 | |
2978 /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when | |
2979 * the file exists and permissions are read-only. | |
2980 * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is | |
2981 * important for device checks but not here. */ | |
2982 if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro | |
2983 || (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0 | |
2984 && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777)))) | |
7 | 2985 { |
2986 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
2987 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
2988 { | |
2770 | 2989 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
7 | 2990 |
1303 | 2991 if (buf->b_p_ro) |
2992 dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"), | |
2993 buf->b_fname); | |
2994 else | |
2995 dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"), | |
7 | 2996 buf->b_fname); |
2997 | |
2998 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES) | |
2999 { | |
3000 /* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */ | |
3001 *forceit = TRUE; | |
3002 return FALSE; | |
3003 } | |
3004 else | |
3005 return TRUE; | |
3006 } | |
3007 else | |
3008 #endif | |
1303 | 3009 if (buf->b_p_ro) |
7 | 3010 EMSG(_(e_readonly)); |
1303 | 3011 else |
3012 EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"), | |
3013 buf->b_fname); | |
7 | 3014 return TRUE; |
3015 } | |
1303 | 3016 |
7 | 3017 return FALSE; |
3018 } | |
3019 | |
3020 /* | |
632 | 3021 * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file. |
3022 * 'fnum' is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname. | |
7 | 3023 * |
632 | 3024 * Return 1 for "normal" error, 2 for "not written" error, 0 for success |
1370 | 3025 * -1 for successfully opening another file. |
7 | 3026 * 'lnum' is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero). |
3027 */ | |
3028 int | |
3029 getfile(fnum, ffname, sfname, setpm, lnum, forceit) | |
3030 int fnum; | |
3031 char_u *ffname; | |
3032 char_u *sfname; | |
3033 int setpm; | |
3034 linenr_T lnum; | |
3035 int forceit; | |
3036 { | |
3037 int other; | |
3038 int retval; | |
3039 char_u *free_me = NULL; | |
3040 | |
634 | 3041 if (text_locked()) |
7 | 3042 return 1; |
819 | 3043 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3044 if (curbuf_locked()) | |
3045 return 1; | |
3046 #endif | |
7 | 3047 |
3048 if (fnum == 0) | |
3049 { | |
3050 /* make ffname full path, set sfname */ | |
3051 fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname); | |
3052 other = otherfile(ffname); | |
3053 free_me = ffname; /* has been allocated, free() later */ | |
3054 } | |
3055 else | |
3056 other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum); | |
3057 | |
3058 if (other) | |
3059 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for autowrite message */ | |
3060 if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !P_HID(curbuf) | |
3061 && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL) | |
3062 { | |
3063 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3064 if (p_confirm && p_write) | |
3065 dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE); | |
3066 if (curbufIsChanged()) | |
3067 #endif | |
3068 { | |
3069 if (other) | |
3070 --no_wait_return; | |
3071 EMSG(_(e_nowrtmsg)); | |
3072 retval = 2; /* file has been changed */ | |
3073 goto theend; | |
3074 } | |
3075 } | |
3076 if (other) | |
3077 --no_wait_return; | |
3078 if (setpm) | |
3079 setpcmark(); | |
3080 if (!other) | |
3081 { | |
3082 if (lnum != 0) | |
3083 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3084 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
3085 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
3086 retval = 0; /* it's in the same file */ | |
3087 } | |
3088 else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum, | |
1743 | 3089 (P_HID(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0), |
3090 curwin) == OK) | |
7 | 3091 retval = -1; /* opened another file */ |
3092 else | |
3093 retval = 1; /* error encountered */ | |
3094 | |
3095 theend: | |
3096 vim_free(free_me); | |
3097 return retval; | |
3098 } | |
3099 | |
3100 /* | |
3101 * start editing a new file | |
3102 * | |
3103 * fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname | |
3104 * ffname: the file name | |
3105 * - full path if sfname used, | |
3106 * - any file name if sfname is NULL | |
3107 * - empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be | |
3108 * in a different directory) | |
3109 * - NULL to start an empty buffer | |
3110 * sfname: the short file name (or NULL) | |
3111 * eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and | |
3112 * forced 'ff' and 'fenc' | |
3113 * newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible) | |
3114 * if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file | |
3115 * if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files | |
3116 * if ECMD_ONE: use first line | |
3117 * flags: | |
3118 * ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer | |
3119 * ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file | |
3120 * ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists | |
3121 * ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command | |
3122 * ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list | |
1743 | 3123 * oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
3124 * window, NULL when splitting the window first. When not NULL info |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
3125 * of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored. |
7 | 3126 * |
3127 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
3128 */ | |
3129 int | |
1743 | 3130 do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, eap, newlnum, flags, oldwin) |
7 | 3131 int fnum; |
3132 char_u *ffname; | |
3133 char_u *sfname; | |
3134 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
3135 linenr_T newlnum; | |
3136 int flags; | |
1743 | 3137 win_T *oldwin; |
7 | 3138 { |
3139 int other_file; /* TRUE if editing another file */ | |
3140 int oldbuf; /* TRUE if using existing buffer */ | |
3141 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3142 int auto_buf = FALSE; /* TRUE if autocommands brought us | |
3143 into the buffer unexpectedly */ | |
3144 char_u *new_name = NULL; | |
716 | 3145 int did_set_swapcommand = FALSE; |
7 | 3146 #endif |
3147 buf_T *buf; | |
3148 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3149 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
3150 #endif | |
3151 char_u *free_fname = NULL; | |
3152 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
3153 char_u *browse_file = NULL; | |
3154 #endif | |
3155 int retval = FAIL; | |
3156 long n; | |
3157 linenr_T lnum; | |
3158 linenr_T topline = 0; | |
3159 int newcol = -1; | |
3160 int solcol = -1; | |
3161 pos_T *pos; | |
3162 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
3163 char_u *cp; | |
3164 #endif | |
3165 char_u *command = NULL; | |
1185 | 3166 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3167 int did_get_winopts = FALSE; | |
3168 #endif | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3169 int readfile_flags = 0; |
7 | 3170 |
3171 if (eap != NULL) | |
3172 command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd; | |
3173 | |
3174 if (fnum != 0) | |
3175 { | |
3176 if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum) /* file is already being edited */ | |
3177 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
3178 other_file = TRUE; | |
3179 } | |
3180 else | |
3181 { | |
3182 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
3183 if (cmdmod.browse) | |
3184 { | |
1683 | 3185 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
462 | 3186 if ( |
1683 | 3187 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
462 | 3188 !gui.in_use && |
1683 | 3189 # endif |
462 | 3190 au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer")) |
3191 { | |
3192 /* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer: | |
3193 * Edit the directory. */ | |
3194 if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname)) | |
3195 ffname = (char_u *)"."; | |
3196 } | |
3197 else | |
1683 | 3198 # endif |
462 | 3199 { |
3200 browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname, | |
7 | 3201 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); |
462 | 3202 if (browse_file == NULL) |
3203 goto theend; | |
3204 ffname = browse_file; | |
3205 } | |
7 | 3206 } |
3207 #endif | |
3208 /* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */ | |
3209 if (sfname == NULL) | |
3210 sfname = ffname; | |
3211 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE | |
3212 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME | |
3213 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) | |
3214 # endif | |
436 | 3215 if (sfname != NULL) |
3216 fname_case(sfname, 0); /* set correct case for sfname */ | |
7 | 3217 #endif |
3218 | |
3219 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3220 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL)) | |
3221 goto theend; | |
3222 #endif | |
3223 | |
3224 if (ffname == NULL) | |
3225 other_file = TRUE; | |
3226 /* there is no file name */ | |
3227 else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) | |
3228 other_file = FALSE; | |
3229 else | |
3230 { | |
3231 if (*ffname == NUL) /* re-edit with same file name */ | |
3232 { | |
3233 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
3234 sfname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
3235 } | |
3236 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */ | |
3237 if (free_fname != NULL) | |
3238 ffname = free_fname; | |
3239 other_file = otherfile(ffname); | |
3240 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
3241 if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd | |
3242 && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL) | |
3243 sfname = ++cp; | |
3244 #endif | |
3245 } | |
3246 } | |
3247 | |
3248 /* | |
3249 * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it | |
3250 * - if we are going to re-edit the same file | |
3251 * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE | |
3252 */ | |
3253 if ( ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF)) | |
3254 || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 | |
3255 && !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF)))) | |
5464 | 3256 && check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0) |
3257 | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN) | |
3258 | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0) | |
3259 | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD))) | |
7 | 3260 { |
3261 if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL) | |
3262 (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum); | |
3263 goto theend; | |
3264 } | |
3265 | |
3266 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3267 /* | |
3268 * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be | |
3269 * copied into the GUI selection buffer. | |
3270 */ | |
3271 reset_VIsual(); | |
3272 #endif | |
3273 | |
716 | 3274 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3275 if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0) | |
3276 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL) | |
3277 { | |
3278 int len; | |
3279 char_u *p; | |
3280 | |
3281 /* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */ | |
3282 if (command != NULL) | |
835 | 3283 len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3; |
716 | 3284 else |
3285 len = 30; | |
3286 p = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
3287 if (p != NULL) | |
3288 { | |
3289 if (command != NULL) | |
3290 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command); | |
3291 else | |
3292 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum); | |
3293 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1); | |
3294 did_set_swapcommand = TRUE; | |
3295 vim_free(p); | |
3296 } | |
3297 } | |
3298 #endif | |
3299 | |
7 | 3300 /* |
3301 * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer. | |
3302 * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer. | |
3303 */ | |
3304 if (other_file) | |
3305 { | |
3306 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3307 if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)) | |
3308 #endif | |
3309 { | |
22 | 3310 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) |
3311 curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; | |
1743 | 3312 if (oldwin != NULL) |
3313 buflist_altfpos(oldwin); | |
7 | 3314 } |
3315 | |
3316 if (fnum) | |
3317 buf = buflist_findnr(fnum); | |
3318 else | |
3319 { | |
3320 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3321 if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) | |
3322 { | |
3323 linenr_T tlnum = 1L; | |
3324 | |
3325 if (command != NULL) | |
3326 { | |
3327 tlnum = atol((char *)command); | |
3328 if (tlnum <= 0) | |
3329 tlnum = 1L; | |
3330 } | |
3331 (void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED); | |
3332 goto theend; | |
3333 } | |
3334 #endif | |
3335 buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L, | |
3336 BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED)); | |
3337 } | |
3338 if (buf == NULL) | |
3339 goto theend; | |
3340 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* no memfile yet */ | |
3341 { | |
3342 oldbuf = FALSE; | |
3343 buf->b_nwindows = 0; | |
3344 } | |
3345 else /* existing memfile */ | |
3346 { | |
3347 oldbuf = TRUE; | |
3348 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE); | |
3349 /* Check if autocommands made buffer invalid or changed the current | |
3350 * buffer. */ | |
3351 if (!buf_valid(buf) | |
3352 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3353 || curbuf != old_curbuf | |
3354 #endif | |
3355 ) | |
3356 goto theend; | |
3357 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3358 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3359 goto theend; | |
3360 #endif | |
3361 } | |
3362 | |
3363 /* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked | |
3364 * for explicitly */ | |
3365 if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST) | |
3366 { | |
3367 pos = buflist_findfpos(buf); | |
3368 newlnum = pos->lnum; | |
3369 solcol = pos->col; | |
3370 } | |
3371 | |
3372 /* | |
3373 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window. | |
3374 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE. | |
3375 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf | |
3376 * is returned by buflist_new(). | |
3377 */ | |
3378 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3379 { | |
3380 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3381 /* | |
3382 * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change | |
3383 * the current buffer. | |
3384 * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up. | |
3385 * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new | |
3386 * buffer when loading a buffer is required. This avoids | |
3387 * loading another buffer which then must be closed again. | |
3388 * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few | |
3389 * things, set auto_buf. | |
3390 */ | |
3391 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3392 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); | |
3393 au_new_curbuf = buf; | |
3394 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3395 if (!buf_valid(buf)) /* new buffer has been deleted */ | |
3396 { | |
3397 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3398 goto theend; | |
3399 } | |
3400 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3401 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3402 { | |
3403 vim_free(new_name); | |
3404 goto theend; | |
3405 } | |
3406 # endif | |
3407 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ | |
3408 auto_buf = TRUE; | |
3409 else | |
3410 { | |
3411 if (curbuf == old_curbuf) | |
3412 #endif | |
3413 buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER); | |
3414 | |
3415 /* close the link to the current buffer */ | |
825 | 3416 u_sync(FALSE); |
1743 | 3417 close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf, |
3365 | 3418 (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE); |
7 | 3419 |
3420 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3242 | 3421 /* Autocommands may open a new window and leave oldwin open |
3422 * which leads to crashes since the above call sets | |
3423 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */ | |
3424 if (curwin != oldwin && oldwin != aucmd_win | |
3425 && win_valid(oldwin) && oldwin->w_buffer == NULL) | |
3426 win_close(oldwin, FALSE); | |
3427 | |
7 | 3428 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
3429 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3430 { | |
3431 vim_free(new_name); | |
3432 goto theend; | |
3433 } | |
3434 # endif | |
3435 /* Be careful again, like above. */ | |
3436 if (!buf_valid(buf)) /* new buffer has been deleted */ | |
3437 { | |
3438 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3439 goto theend; | |
3440 } | |
3441 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ | |
3442 auto_buf = TRUE; | |
3443 else | |
3444 #endif | |
3445 { | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3446 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3447 /* |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3448 * <VN> We could instead free the synblock |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3449 * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3450 */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3451 if (curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s)) |
3480 | 3452 curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s); |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3453 #endif |
7 | 3454 curwin->w_buffer = buf; |
3455 curbuf = buf; | |
3456 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3457 |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3458 /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */ |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3459 if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL) |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3460 { |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3461 set_file_options(TRUE, eap); |
5242
f0361e297d9c
updated for version 7.4a.046
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5231
diff
changeset
|
3462 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3463 set_forced_fenc(eap); |
5242
f0361e297d9c
updated for version 7.4a.046
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5231
diff
changeset
|
3464 #endif |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3465 } |
7 | 3466 } |
3467 | |
3468 /* May get the window options from the last time this buffer | |
3469 * was in this window (or another window). If not used | |
3470 * before, reset the local window options to the global | |
3471 * values. Also restores old folding stuff. */ | |
1289 | 3472 get_winopts(curbuf); |
1185 | 3473 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3474 did_get_winopts = TRUE; | |
3475 #endif | |
7 | 3476 |
3477 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3478 } | |
3479 vim_free(new_name); | |
3480 au_new_curbuf = NULL; | |
3481 #endif | |
3482 } | |
3483 else | |
3484 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
3485 | |
3486 curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; | |
3487 curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0; | |
3488 } | |
3489 else /* !other_file */ | |
3490 { | |
3491 if ( | |
3492 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3493 (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || | |
3494 #endif | |
3495 check_fname() == FAIL) | |
3496 goto theend; | |
3497 oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF); | |
3498 } | |
3499 | |
3500 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag) | |
3501 { | |
3502 char_u *p; | |
3503 | |
3504 curbuf->b_help = TRUE; | |
3505 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
3506 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1, | |
694 | 3507 (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); |
7 | 3508 #endif |
3509 | |
3510 /* | |
3511 * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the | |
3512 * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way. | |
3513 * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and | |
3514 * latin1 word characters (for translated help files). | |
3515 * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work. | |
3516 */ | |
3517 p = | |
3518 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
3519 (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\""; | |
3520 #else | |
3521 (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255"; | |
3522 #endif | |
3523 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0) | |
3524 { | |
3525 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, | |
694 | 3526 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); |
7 | 3527 check_buf_options(curbuf); |
3528 (void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE); | |
3529 } | |
3530 | |
3531 curbuf->b_p_ts = 8; /* 'tabstop' is 8 */ | |
3532 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; /* no list mode */ | |
3533 | |
3534 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; /* not modifiable */ | |
3535 curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE; /* reset 'bin' before reading file */ | |
3536 curwin->w_p_nu = 0; /* no line numbers */ | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2127
diff
changeset
|
3537 curwin->w_p_rnu = 0; /* no relative line numbers */ |
2583 | 3538 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* no scroll or cursor binding */ |
7 | 3539 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
3540 curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE; /* no arabic mode */ | |
3541 #endif | |
3542 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3543 curwin->w_p_rl = FALSE; /* help window is left-to-right */ | |
3544 #endif | |
3545 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3546 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; /* No folding in the help window */ | |
3547 #endif | |
3548 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3549 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* No 'diff' */ | |
3550 #endif | |
748 | 3551 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
371 | 3552 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ |
3553 #endif | |
7 | 3554 |
3555 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3556 buf = curbuf; | |
3557 #endif | |
3558 set_buflisted(FALSE); | |
3559 } | |
3560 else | |
3561 { | |
3562 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3563 buf = curbuf; | |
3564 #endif | |
3565 /* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer. Useful when | |
3566 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */ | |
3567 if (!curbuf->b_help) | |
3568 set_buflisted(TRUE); | |
3569 } | |
3570 | |
3571 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3572 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about | |
3573 * editing the file. */ | |
3574 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3575 goto theend; | |
3576 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3577 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3578 goto theend; | |
3579 # endif | |
3580 | |
3581 /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be | |
3582 * unset. Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax | |
3583 * highlighting to work in the other file. */ | |
3584 did_filetype = FALSE; | |
3585 #endif | |
3586 | |
3587 /* | |
3588 * other_file oldbuf | |
3589 * FALSE FALSE re-edit same file, buffer is re-used | |
3590 * FALSE TRUE re-edit same file, nothing changes | |
3591 * TRUE FALSE start editing new file, new buffer | |
3592 * TRUE TRUE start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do) | |
3593 */ | |
3594 if (!other_file && !oldbuf) /* re-use the buffer */ | |
3595 { | |
3596 set_last_cursor(curwin); /* may set b_last_cursor */ | |
3597 if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) | |
3598 { | |
3599 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3600 solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3601 } | |
3602 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3603 buf = curbuf; | |
3604 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3605 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); | |
3606 else | |
3607 new_name = NULL; | |
3608 #endif | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3609 if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3610 { |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3611 /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone. |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3612 * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */ |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3613 u_sync(FALSE); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3614 if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3615 == FAIL) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3616 goto theend; |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3617 u_unchanged(curbuf); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3618 buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3620 /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */ |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3621 readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO; |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3622 } |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3623 else |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3624 buf_freeall(curbuf, 0); /* free all things for buffer */ |
7 | 3625 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3626 /* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give | |
3627 * up and jump to the end. */ | |
3628 if (!buf_valid(buf)) | |
3629 { | |
3630 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3631 goto theend; | |
3632 } | |
3633 vim_free(new_name); | |
3634 | |
3635 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about | |
3636 * re-editing the file. Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps | |
3637 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */ | |
3638 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3639 goto theend; | |
3640 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3641 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3642 goto theend; | |
3643 # endif | |
3644 #endif | |
3645 buf_clear_file(curbuf); | |
3646 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0; /* clear '[ and '] marks */ | |
3647 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0; | |
3648 } | |
3649 | |
3650 /* | |
3651 * If we get here we are sure to start editing | |
3652 */ | |
3653 /* don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line */ | |
3654 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
3655 | |
3656 /* Assume success now */ | |
3657 retval = OK; | |
3658 | |
3659 /* | |
3660 * Reset cursor position, could be used by autocommands. | |
3661 */ | |
3662 check_cursor(); | |
3663 | |
3664 /* | |
3665 * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list. | |
3666 */ | |
3667 check_arg_idx(curwin); | |
3668 | |
3669 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3670 if (!auto_buf) | |
3671 #endif | |
3672 { | |
3673 /* | |
3674 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing | |
3675 * autocommands. This allows for the autocommands to position the | |
3676 * cursor. | |
3677 */ | |
677 | 3678 curwin_init(); |
7 | 3679 |
3680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1370 | 3681 /* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed. Need to update |
3682 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */ | |
3683 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3684 { | |
3685 win_T *win; | |
3686 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3687 | |
3688 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) | |
3689 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
3690 foldUpdateAll(win); | |
3691 } | |
3692 # else | |
7 | 3693 foldUpdateAll(curwin); |
1370 | 3694 # endif |
7 | 3695 #endif |
3696 | |
961 | 3697 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
3698 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
3699 | |
7 | 3700 /* |
3701 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current | |
3702 * buffer and window. | |
3703 */ | |
3704 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3705 topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
3706 if (!oldbuf) /* need to read the file */ | |
3707 { | |
580 | 3708 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) |
7 | 3709 swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG; |
3710 #endif | |
3711 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */ | |
3712 | |
3713 /* | |
3714 * Open the buffer and read the file. | |
3715 */ | |
3716 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3717 if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags))) |
7 | 3718 retval = FAIL; |
3719 #else | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3720 (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags); |
7 | 3721 #endif |
3722 | |
580 | 3723 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) |
7 | 3724 if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT) |
3725 retval = FAIL; | |
3726 handle_swap_exists(old_curbuf); | |
3727 #endif | |
3728 } | |
3729 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3730 else | |
3731 { | |
23 | 3732 /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options. Any |
3733 * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been | |
3734 * changed by the user. */ | |
717 | 3735 do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY); |
23 | 3736 |
7 | 3737 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, |
3738 &retval); | |
3739 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, | |
3740 &retval); | |
3741 } | |
3742 check_arg_idx(curwin); | |
3743 #endif | |
3744 | |
3745 /* | |
3746 * If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should | |
3747 * keep it. | |
3748 */ | |
3749 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != lnum) | |
3750 { | |
3751 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3752 newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3753 } | |
3754 if (curwin->w_topline == topline) | |
3755 topline = 0; | |
3756 | |
3757 /* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */ | |
3758 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
3759 | |
3760 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
3761 maketitle(); | |
3762 #endif | |
3763 } | |
3764 | |
3765 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3766 /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating. | |
3767 * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will | |
3768 * have removed it as a diff buffer. */ | |
673 | 3769 if (curwin->w_p_diff) |
3770 { | |
3771 diff_buf_add(curbuf); | |
3772 diff_invalidate(curbuf); | |
3773 } | |
7 | 3774 #endif |
3775 | |
1185 | 3776 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3777 /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language. | |
3778 * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3779 if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3780 (void)did_set_spelllang(curwin); |
1185 | 3781 #endif |
3782 | |
7 | 3783 if (command == NULL) |
3784 { | |
3785 if (newcol >= 0) /* position set by autocommands */ | |
3786 { | |
3787 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; | |
3788 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
3789 check_cursor(); | |
3790 } | |
3791 else if (newlnum > 0) /* line number from caller or old position */ | |
3792 { | |
3793 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; | |
3794 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
3795 if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol) | |
3796 { | |
3797 /* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */ | |
3798 curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol; | |
3799 check_cursor_col(); | |
3800 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3801 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3802 #endif | |
3803 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3804 } | |
3805 else | |
3806 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
3807 } | |
3808 else /* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */ | |
3809 { | |
3810 if (exmode_active) | |
3811 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3812 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3813 } | |
3814 } | |
3815 | |
3816 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3817 /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */ | |
3818 check_lnums(FALSE); | |
3819 #endif | |
3820 | |
3821 /* | |
3822 * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file. | |
3823 * Do this after setting the cursor. | |
3824 */ | |
3825 if (oldbuf | |
3826 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3827 && !auto_buf | |
3828 #endif | |
3829 ) | |
3830 { | |
3831 int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll; | |
3832 | |
3833 /* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file | |
3834 * message. */ | |
3835 if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0) | |
3836 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
3837 if (!msg_scroll) /* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */ | |
3838 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
3839 msg_start(); | |
3840 msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save; | |
3841 msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE; | |
3842 | |
3843 fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); | |
3844 | |
3845 msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE; | |
3846 } | |
3847 | |
3848 if (command != NULL) | |
3849 do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE); | |
3850 | |
3851 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
3852 if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT) | |
1869 | 3853 (void)keymap_init(); |
7 | 3854 #endif |
3855 | |
3856 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
3857 if (!skip_redraw) | |
3858 { | |
3859 n = p_so; | |
3860 if (topline == 0 && command == NULL) | |
3861 p_so = 999; /* force cursor halfway the window */ | |
3862 update_topline(); | |
3863 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
3864 curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline; | |
3865 #endif | |
3866 p_so = n; | |
3867 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); /* redraw this buffer later */ | |
3868 } | |
3869 | |
3870 if (p_im) | |
3871 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
3872 | |
961 | 3873 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
3874 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
821 | 3875 |
3876 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) | |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3877 if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) |
7 | 3878 { |
3879 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3880 if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop) |
7 | 3881 workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro); |
3882 # endif | |
3883 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 3884 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP) |
34 | 3885 netbeans_file_opened(curbuf); |
7 | 3886 # endif |
3887 } | |
3888 #endif | |
3889 | |
3890 theend: | |
716 | 3891 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3892 if (did_set_swapcommand) | |
3893 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1); | |
3894 #endif | |
7 | 3895 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE |
3896 vim_free(browse_file); | |
3897 #endif | |
3898 vim_free(free_fname); | |
3899 return retval; | |
3900 } | |
3901 | |
3902 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3903 static void | |
3904 delbuf_msg(name) | |
3905 char_u *name; | |
3906 { | |
3907 EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"), | |
3908 name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name); | |
3909 vim_free(name); | |
3910 au_new_curbuf = NULL; | |
3911 } | |
3912 #endif | |
3913 | |
169 | 3914 static int append_indent = 0; /* autoindent for first line */ |
3915 | |
7 | 3916 /* |
3917 * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change" | |
3918 */ | |
3919 void | |
3920 ex_append(eap) | |
3921 exarg_T *eap; | |
3922 { | |
3923 char_u *theline; | |
3924 int did_undo = FALSE; | |
3925 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; | |
165 | 3926 int indent = 0; |
3927 char_u *p; | |
3928 int vcol; | |
3929 int empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY); | |
7 | 3930 |
169 | 3931 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ |
3932 if (eap->forceit) | |
3933 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; | |
3934 | |
3935 /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */ | |
3936 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0) | |
3937 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); | |
3938 | |
7 | 3939 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) |
3940 --lnum; | |
3941 | |
165 | 3942 /* when the buffer is empty append to line 0 and delete the dummy line */ |
3943 if (empty && lnum == 1) | |
3944 lnum = 0; | |
3945 | |
7 | 3946 State = INSERT; /* behave like in Insert mode */ |
3947 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
3948 State |= LANGMAP; | |
165 | 3949 |
408 | 3950 for (;;) |
7 | 3951 { |
3952 msg_scroll = TRUE; | |
3953 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
169 | 3954 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) |
3955 { | |
3956 if (append_indent >= 0) | |
3957 { | |
3958 indent = append_indent; | |
3959 append_indent = -1; | |
3960 } | |
3961 else if (lnum > 0) | |
3962 indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); | |
3963 } | |
3964 ex_keep_indent = FALSE; | |
7 | 3965 if (eap->getline == NULL) |
169 | 3966 { |
3967 /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends | |
3968 * when there is no more. */ | |
3969 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL) | |
3970 break; | |
3971 p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL); | |
3972 if (p == NULL) | |
3973 p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd); | |
3974 theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd)); | |
3975 if (*p != NUL) | |
3976 ++p; | |
3977 eap->nextcmd = p; | |
3978 } | |
7 | 3979 else |
3980 theline = eap->getline( | |
3981 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
76 | 3982 eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 : |
7 | 3983 #endif |
165 | 3984 NUL, eap->cookie, indent); |
7 | 3985 lines_left = Rows - 1; |
165 | 3986 if (theline == NULL) |
3987 break; | |
3988 | |
169 | 3989 /* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */ |
3990 if (ex_keep_indent) | |
3991 append_indent = indent; | |
3992 | |
165 | 3993 /* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */ |
3994 vcol = 0; | |
3995 for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p) | |
3996 { | |
3997 if (*p == ' ') | |
3998 ++vcol; | |
3999 else if (*p == TAB) | |
4000 vcol += 8 - vcol % 8; | |
4001 else | |
4002 break; | |
4003 } | |
4004 if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL) | |
321 | 4005 || (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0)) |
4006 == FAIL)) | |
7 | 4007 { |
4008 vim_free(theline); | |
4009 break; | |
4010 } | |
4011 | |
169 | 4012 /* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */ |
4013 if (p[0] == NUL) | |
4014 theline[0] = NUL; | |
4015 | |
7 | 4016 did_undo = TRUE; |
4017 ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
4018 appended_lines_mark(lnum, 1L); | |
4019 | |
4020 vim_free(theline); | |
4021 ++lnum; | |
165 | 4022 |
4023 if (empty) | |
4024 { | |
4025 ml_delete(2L, FALSE); | |
4026 empty = FALSE; | |
4027 } | |
7 | 4028 } |
4029 State = NORMAL; | |
4030 | |
169 | 4031 if (eap->forceit) |
4032 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; | |
4033 | |
7 | 4034 /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when |
1227 | 4035 * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended) |
7 | 4036 * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise |
4037 * it is the same than "start" -- Acevedo */ | |
4038 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ? | |
4039 eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4040 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) | |
4041 --curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; | |
4042 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum) | |
4043 ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; | |
4044 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
4045 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
4046 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
4047 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
4048 | |
4049 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't use wait_return() now */ | |
4050 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; | |
4051 } | |
4052 | |
4053 /* | |
4054 * ":change" | |
4055 */ | |
4056 void | |
4057 ex_change(eap) | |
4058 exarg_T *eap; | |
4059 { | |
4060 linenr_T lnum; | |
4061 | |
4062 if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1 | |
4063 && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL) | |
4064 return; | |
4065 | |
169 | 4066 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ |
4067 if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
4068 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1); | |
4069 | |
7 | 4070 for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum) |
4071 { | |
4072 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
4073 break; | |
4074 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); | |
4075 } | |
1929 | 4076 |
4077 /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */ | |
4078 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
7 | 4079 deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum)); |
4080 | |
4081 /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */ | |
4082 eap->line2 = eap->line1; | |
4083 ex_append(eap); | |
4084 } | |
4085 | |
4086 void | |
4087 ex_z(eap) | |
4088 exarg_T *eap; | |
4089 { | |
4090 char_u *x; | |
165 | 4091 int bigness; |
4092 char_u *kind; | |
7 | 4093 int minus = 0; |
4094 linenr_T start, end, curs, i; | |
4095 int j; | |
4096 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; | |
4097 | |
165 | 4098 /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses |
4099 * 'scroll' */ | |
4100 if (eap->forceit) | |
4101 bigness = curwin->w_height; | |
4102 else if (firstwin == lastwin) | |
4103 bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2; | |
1877 | 4104 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
165 | 4105 else |
4106 bigness = curwin->w_height - 3; | |
1877 | 4107 #endif |
7 | 4108 if (bigness < 1) |
4109 bigness = 1; | |
4110 | |
4111 x = eap->arg; | |
165 | 4112 kind = x; |
4113 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '=' | |
4114 || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.') | |
4115 ++x; | |
4116 while (*x == '-' || *x == '+') | |
7 | 4117 ++x; |
4118 | |
4119 if (*x != 0) | |
4120 { | |
4121 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x)) | |
4122 { | |
4123 EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z")); | |
4124 return; | |
4125 } | |
4126 else | |
165 | 4127 { |
7 | 4128 bigness = atoi((char *)x); |
165 | 4129 p_window = bigness; |
169 | 4130 if (*kind == '=') |
4131 bigness += 2; | |
165 | 4132 } |
7 | 4133 } |
4134 | |
165 | 4135 /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */ |
4136 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+') | |
4137 for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x) | |
4138 ; | |
4139 | |
4140 switch (*kind) | |
7 | 4141 { |
4142 case '-': | |
2881 | 4143 start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1; |
4144 end = start + bigness - 1; | |
165 | 4145 curs = end; |
7 | 4146 break; |
4147 | |
4148 case '=': | |
159 | 4149 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; |
4150 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; | |
7 | 4151 curs = lnum; |
4152 minus = 1; | |
4153 break; | |
4154 | |
4155 case '^': | |
4156 start = lnum - bigness * 2; | |
4157 end = lnum - bigness; | |
4158 curs = lnum - bigness; | |
4159 break; | |
4160 | |
4161 case '.': | |
159 | 4162 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; |
4163 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; | |
7 | 4164 curs = end; |
4165 break; | |
4166 | |
4167 default: /* '+' */ | |
4168 start = lnum; | |
165 | 4169 if (*kind == '+') |
835 | 4170 start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1; |
169 | 4171 else if (eap->addr_count == 0) |
4172 ++start; | |
4173 end = start + bigness - 1; | |
7 | 4174 curs = end; |
4175 break; | |
4176 } | |
4177 | |
4178 if (start < 1) | |
4179 start = 1; | |
4180 | |
4181 if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4182 end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4183 | |
4184 if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4185 curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4186 | |
4187 for (i = start; i <= end; i++) | |
4188 { | |
4189 if (minus && i == lnum) | |
4190 { | |
4191 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4192 | |
4193 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) | |
4194 msg_putchar('-'); | |
4195 } | |
4196 | |
169 | 4197 print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST); |
7 | 4198 |
4199 if (minus && i == lnum) | |
4200 { | |
4201 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4202 | |
4203 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) | |
4204 msg_putchar('-'); | |
4205 } | |
4206 } | |
4207 | |
4208 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs; | |
4209 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; | |
4210 } | |
4211 | |
4212 /* | |
4213 * Check if the restricted flag is set. | |
4214 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. | |
4215 * Otherwise, return FALSE. | |
4216 */ | |
4217 int | |
4218 check_restricted() | |
4219 { | |
4220 if (restricted) | |
4221 { | |
4222 EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim")); | |
4223 return TRUE; | |
4224 } | |
4225 return FALSE; | |
4226 } | |
4227 | |
4228 /* | |
4229 * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory). | |
4230 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. | |
4231 * Otherwise, return FALSE. | |
4232 */ | |
4233 int | |
4234 check_secure() | |
4235 { | |
4236 if (secure) | |
4237 { | |
4238 secure = 2; | |
4239 EMSG(_(e_curdir)); | |
4240 return TRUE; | |
4241 } | |
4242 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
4243 /* | |
4244 * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things | |
4245 * disallowed in secure mode. | |
4246 */ | |
4247 if (sandbox != 0) | |
4248 { | |
4249 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
4250 return TRUE; | |
4251 } | |
4252 #endif | |
4253 return FALSE; | |
4254 } | |
4255 | |
4256 static char_u *old_sub = NULL; /* previous substitute pattern */ | |
4257 static int global_need_beginline; /* call beginline() after ":g" */ | |
4258 | |
4259 /* do_sub() | |
4260 * | |
4261 * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the | |
4262 * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form: | |
4263 * | |
4264 * /pattern/substitution/{flags} | |
4265 * | |
4266 * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs. | |
4267 */ | |
4268 void | |
4269 do_sub(eap) | |
4270 exarg_T *eap; | |
4271 { | |
4272 linenr_T lnum; | |
4273 long i = 0; | |
4274 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
4275 static int do_all = FALSE; /* do multiple substitutions per line */ | |
4276 static int do_ask = FALSE; /* ask for confirmation */ | |
170 | 4277 static int do_count = FALSE; /* count only */ |
7 | 4278 static int do_error = TRUE; /* if false, ignore errors */ |
4279 static int do_print = FALSE; /* print last line with subs. */ | |
169 | 4280 static int do_list = FALSE; /* list last line with subs. */ |
4281 static int do_number = FALSE; /* list last line with line nr*/ | |
7 | 4282 static int do_ic = 0; /* ignore case flag */ |
4283 char_u *pat = NULL, *sub = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
4284 int delimiter; | |
4285 int sublen; | |
4286 int got_quit = FALSE; | |
4287 int got_match = FALSE; | |
4288 int temp; | |
4289 int which_pat; | |
4290 char_u *cmd; | |
4291 int save_State; | |
165 | 4292 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ |
4293 linenr_T last_line= 0; /* below last changed line AFTER the | |
7 | 4294 * change */ |
4295 linenr_T old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4296 linenr_T line2; | |
165 | 4297 long nmatch; /* number of lines in match */ |
4298 char_u *sub_firstline; /* allocated copy of first sub line */ | |
4299 int endcolumn = FALSE; /* cursor in last column when done */ | |
170 | 4300 pos_T old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
4301 int start_nsubs; |
3736 | 4302 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4303 int save_ma = 0; | |
4304 #endif | |
7 | 4305 |
4306 cmd = eap->arg; | |
4307 if (!global_busy) | |
4308 { | |
4309 sub_nsubs = 0; | |
4310 sub_nlines = 0; | |
4311 } | |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
4312 start_nsubs = sub_nsubs; |
7 | 4313 |
4314 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde) | |
4315 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ | |
4316 else | |
4317 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use last substitute regexp */ | |
4318 | |
4319 /* new pattern and substitution */ | |
4320 if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*cmd) | |
4321 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL) | |
4322 { | |
4323 /* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */ | |
4324 if (isalpha(*cmd)) | |
4325 { | |
4326 EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters")); | |
4327 return; | |
4328 } | |
4329 /* | |
4330 * undocumented vi feature: | |
4331 * "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like | |
4332 * //sub/r). "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/). | |
4333 */ | |
4334 if (*cmd == '\\') | |
4335 { | |
4336 ++cmd; | |
4337 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) | |
4338 { | |
4339 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); | |
4340 return; | |
4341 } | |
4342 if (*cmd != '&') | |
4343 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use last '/' pattern */ | |
4344 pat = (char_u *)""; /* empty search pattern */ | |
4345 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ | |
4346 } | |
4347 else /* find the end of the regexp */ | |
4348 { | |
1466 | 4349 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */ |
4350 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) | |
4351 lrF_sub(cmd); | |
4352 #endif | |
7 | 4353 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ |
4354 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ | |
4355 pat = cmd; /* remember start of search pat */ | |
4356 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg); | |
4357 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ | |
4358 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
4359 } | |
4360 | |
4361 /* | |
4362 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in | |
4363 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL. | |
4364 */ | |
4365 sub = cmd; /* remember the start of the substitution */ | |
4366 | |
4367 while (cmd[0]) | |
4368 { | |
4369 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ | |
4370 { | |
4371 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
4372 break; | |
4373 } | |
4374 if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0) /* skip escaped characters */ | |
4375 ++cmd; | |
39 | 4376 mb_ptr_adv(cmd); |
7 | 4377 } |
4378 | |
4379 if (!eap->skip) | |
4380 { | |
169 | 4381 /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */ |
4382 if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0 | |
4383 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL) | |
4384 { | |
4385 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ | |
4386 { | |
4387 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); | |
4388 return; | |
4389 } | |
4390 sub = old_sub; | |
4391 } | |
4392 else | |
4393 { | |
4394 vim_free(old_sub); | |
4395 old_sub = vim_strsave(sub); | |
4396 } | |
7 | 4397 } |
4398 } | |
4399 else if (!eap->skip) /* use previous pattern and substitution */ | |
4400 { | |
4401 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ | |
4402 { | |
4403 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); | |
4404 return; | |
4405 } | |
4406 pat = NULL; /* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */ | |
4407 sub = old_sub; | |
163 | 4408 |
4409 /* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the | |
4410 * last column after using "$". */ | |
4411 endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
7 | 4412 } |
4413 | |
4414 /* | |
4415 * Find trailing options. When '&' is used, keep old options. | |
4416 */ | |
4417 if (*cmd == '&') | |
4418 ++cmd; | |
4419 else | |
4420 { | |
4421 if (!p_ed) | |
4422 { | |
4423 if (p_gd) /* default is global on */ | |
4424 do_all = TRUE; | |
4425 else | |
4426 do_all = FALSE; | |
4427 do_ask = FALSE; | |
4428 } | |
4429 do_error = TRUE; | |
4430 do_print = FALSE; | |
587 | 4431 do_count = FALSE; |
1321 | 4432 do_number = FALSE; |
7 | 4433 do_ic = 0; |
4434 } | |
4435 while (*cmd) | |
4436 { | |
4437 /* | |
4438 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off. | |
4439 * 'r' is never inverted. | |
4440 */ | |
4441 if (*cmd == 'g') | |
4442 do_all = !do_all; | |
4443 else if (*cmd == 'c') | |
4444 do_ask = !do_ask; | |
170 | 4445 else if (*cmd == 'n') |
4446 do_count = TRUE; | |
7 | 4447 else if (*cmd == 'e') |
4448 do_error = !do_error; | |
4449 else if (*cmd == 'r') /* use last used regexp */ | |
4450 which_pat = RE_LAST; | |
4451 else if (*cmd == 'p') | |
4452 do_print = TRUE; | |
169 | 4453 else if (*cmd == '#') |
4454 { | |
4455 do_print = TRUE; | |
4456 do_number = TRUE; | |
4457 } | |
4458 else if (*cmd == 'l') | |
4459 { | |
4460 do_print = TRUE; | |
4461 do_list = TRUE; | |
4462 } | |
7 | 4463 else if (*cmd == 'i') /* ignore case */ |
4464 do_ic = 'i'; | |
4465 else if (*cmd == 'I') /* don't ignore case */ | |
4466 do_ic = 'I'; | |
4467 else | |
4468 break; | |
4469 ++cmd; | |
4470 } | |
170 | 4471 if (do_count) |
4472 do_ask = FALSE; | |
7 | 4473 |
4474 /* | |
4475 * check for a trailing count | |
4476 */ | |
4477 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); | |
4478 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd)) | |
4479 { | |
4480 i = getdigits(&cmd); | |
4481 if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && do_error) | |
4482 { | |
4483 EMSG(_(e_zerocount)); | |
4484 return; | |
4485 } | |
4486 eap->line1 = eap->line2; | |
4487 eap->line2 += i - 1; | |
4488 if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4489 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4490 } | |
4491 | |
4492 /* | |
4493 * check for trailing command or garbage | |
4494 */ | |
4495 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); | |
4496 if (*cmd && *cmd != '"') /* if not end-of-line or comment */ | |
4497 { | |
4498 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd); | |
4499 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL) | |
4500 { | |
4501 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); | |
4502 return; | |
4503 } | |
4504 } | |
4505 | |
4506 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands, only parsing */ | |
4507 return; | |
4508 | |
823 | 4509 if (!do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma) |
4510 { | |
825 | 4511 /* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */ |
823 | 4512 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); |
4513 return; | |
4514 } | |
4515 | |
7 | 4516 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) |
4517 { | |
4518 if (do_error) | |
4519 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); | |
4520 return; | |
4521 } | |
4522 | |
4523 /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */ | |
4524 if (do_ic == 'i') | |
4525 regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE; | |
4526 else if (do_ic == 'I') | |
4527 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
4528 | |
4529 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
4530 | |
4531 /* | |
4532 * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern. | |
4533 * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again. | |
4534 * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression. | |
4535 */ | |
4536 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) | |
4537 sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic); | |
4538 | |
4539 /* | |
4540 * Check for a match on each line. | |
4541 */ | |
4542 line2 = eap->line2; | |
4543 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit | |
4544 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
4545 || aborting() | |
4546 #endif | |
4547 ); ++lnum) | |
4548 { | |
1521 | 4549 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
4550 (colnr_T)0, NULL); | |
7 | 4551 if (nmatch) |
4552 { | |
4553 colnr_T copycol; | |
4554 colnr_T matchcol; | |
4555 colnr_T prev_matchcol = MAXCOL; | |
4556 char_u *new_end, *new_start = NULL; | |
4557 unsigned new_start_len = 0; | |
4558 char_u *p1; | |
4559 int did_sub = FALSE; | |
4560 int lastone; | |
1872 | 4561 int len, copy_len, needed_len; |
7 | 4562 long nmatch_tl = 0; /* nr of lines matched below lnum */ |
4563 int do_again; /* do it again after joining lines */ | |
15 | 4564 int skip_match = FALSE; |
1499 | 4565 linenr_T sub_firstlnum; /* nr of first sub line */ |
7 | 4566 |
4567 /* | |
4568 * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much | |
4569 * copying. There are these pieces: | |
1581 | 4570 * sub_firstline The old text, unmodified. |
7 | 4571 * copycol Column in the old text where we started |
4572 * looking for a match; from here old text still | |
4573 * needs to be copied to the new text. | |
4574 * matchcol Column number of the old text where to look | |
4575 * for the next match. It's just after the | |
4576 * previous match or one further. | |
4577 * prev_matchcol Column just after the previous match (if any). | |
4578 * Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first | |
4579 * match and after skipping an empty match. | |
4580 * regmatch.*pos Where the pattern matched in the old text. | |
4581 * new_start The new text, all that has been produced so | |
4582 * far. | |
4583 * new_end The new text, where to append new text. | |
4584 * | |
1499 | 4585 * lnum The line number where we found the start of |
4586 * the match. Can be below the line we searched | |
4587 * when there is a \n before a \zs in the | |
4588 * pattern. | |
7 | 4589 * sub_firstlnum The line number in the buffer where to look |
4590 * for a match. Can be different from "lnum" | |
4591 * when the pattern or substitute string contains | |
4592 * line breaks. | |
4593 * | |
4594 * Special situations: | |
4595 * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up | |
4596 * to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of | |
4597 * the original line is kept. "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for | |
4598 * the inserted lines. | |
4599 * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line | |
4600 * is taken from the line at the end of the pattern. The lines | |
4601 * in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted | |
4602 * accordingly. | |
4603 * | |
4604 * The new text is built up in new_start[]. It has some extra | |
4605 * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often. new_start_len is | |
1389 | 4606 * the length of the allocated memory at new_start. |
7 | 4607 * |
4608 * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when | |
4609 * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match. The "old_" | |
4610 * pointers point into this copy. | |
4611 */ | |
1499 | 4612 sub_firstlnum = lnum; |
7 | 4613 copycol = 0; |
4614 matchcol = 0; | |
4615 | |
4616 /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */ | |
4617 if (!got_match) | |
4618 { | |
4619 setpcmark(); | |
4620 got_match = TRUE; | |
4621 } | |
4622 | |
4623 /* | |
4624 * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line. | |
4625 * 1. Handle match with empty string. | |
4626 * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. | |
4627 * 3. substitute the string. | |
4628 * 4. if do_all is set, find next match | |
4629 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line | |
4630 */ | |
4631 for (;;) | |
4632 { | |
1499 | 4633 /* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts. The |
4634 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line | |
4635 * break before \zs. */ | |
4636 if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) | |
4637 { | |
4638 lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4639 sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4640 nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4641 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
4642 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
4643 } | |
4644 | |
4645 if (sub_firstline == NULL) | |
4646 { | |
4647 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); | |
4648 if (sub_firstline == NULL) | |
4649 { | |
4650 vim_free(new_start); | |
4651 goto outofmem; | |
4652 } | |
4653 } | |
4654 | |
7 | 4655 /* Save the line number of the last change for the final |
4656 * cursor position (just like Vi). */ | |
4657 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
4658 do_again = FALSE; | |
4659 | |
4660 /* | |
4661 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first | |
4662 * match. This reproduces the strange vi behaviour. | |
4663 * This also catches endless loops. | |
4664 */ | |
4665 if (matchcol == prev_matchcol | |
4666 && regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
4667 && matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col) | |
4668 { | |
15 | 4669 if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL) |
4670 /* We already were at the end of the line. Don't look | |
4671 * for a match in this line again. */ | |
4672 skip_match = TRUE; | |
4673 else | |
2837 | 4674 { |
4675 /* search for a match at next column */ | |
4676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4677 if (has_mbyte) | |
4678 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol); | |
4679 else | |
4680 #endif | |
4681 ++matchcol; | |
4682 } | |
7 | 4683 goto skip; |
4684 } | |
4685 | |
4686 /* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the | |
4687 * previous match. */ | |
4688 matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
4689 prev_matchcol = matchcol; | |
4690 | |
4691 /* | |
170 | 4692 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter. |
4693 * If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. | |
7 | 4694 */ |
170 | 4695 if (do_count) |
4696 { | |
4697 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at | |
4698 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that | |
4699 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. | |
4700 * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */ | |
4701 if (nmatch > 1) | |
4702 { | |
835 | 4703 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); |
170 | 4704 nmatch = 1; |
1483 | 4705 skip_match = TRUE; |
170 | 4706 } |
4707 sub_nsubs++; | |
4708 did_sub = TRUE; | |
3736 | 4709 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4710 /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used, | |
4711 * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */ | |
4712 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) | |
4713 #endif | |
4714 goto skip; | |
170 | 4715 } |
4716 | |
7 | 4717 if (do_ask) |
4718 { | |
1874 | 4719 int typed = 0; |
1872 | 4720 |
7 | 4721 /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works |
4722 * properly */ | |
4723 save_State = State; | |
4724 State = CONFIRM; | |
4725 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4726 setmouse(); /* disable mouse in xterm */ | |
4727 #endif | |
4728 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
4729 | |
4730 /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when | |
4731 * asking for confirmation. */ | |
4732 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) | |
4733 ++no_u_sync; | |
4734 | |
4735 /* | |
4736 * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed. | |
4737 */ | |
4738 while (do_ask) | |
4739 { | |
169 | 4740 if (exmode_active) |
4741 { | |
4742 char_u *resp; | |
4743 colnr_T sc, ec; | |
4744 | |
5396 | 4745 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, do_number, do_list); |
169 | 4746 |
4747 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL); | |
4748 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1; | |
4749 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec); | |
5396 | 4750 if (do_number || curwin->w_p_nu) |
4751 { | |
4752 int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1; | |
4753 sc += numw; | |
4754 ec += numw; | |
4755 } | |
169 | 4756 msg_start(); |
170 | 4757 for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i) |
169 | 4758 msg_putchar(' '); |
170 | 4759 for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i) |
169 | 4760 msg_putchar('^'); |
4761 | |
4762 resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0); | |
4763 if (resp != NULL) | |
4764 { | |
1872 | 4765 typed = *resp; |
169 | 4766 vim_free(resp); |
4767 } | |
4768 } | |
4769 else | |
4770 { | |
4076 | 4771 char_u *orig_line = NULL; |
4772 int len_change = 0; | |
7 | 4773 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
169 | 4774 int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen; |
4775 | |
4776 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; | |
4777 #endif | |
4778 /* Invert the matched string. | |
4779 * Remove the inversion afterwards. */ | |
4780 temp = RedrawingDisabled; | |
4781 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
4782 | |
4076 | 4783 if (new_start != NULL) |
4784 { | |
4785 /* There already was a substitution, we would | |
4786 * like to show this to the user. We cannot | |
4787 * really update the line, it would change | |
4788 * what matches. Temporarily replace the line | |
4789 * and change it back afterwards. */ | |
4790 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4791 if (orig_line != NULL) | |
4792 { | |
4793 char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start, | |
4794 sub_firstline + copycol); | |
4795 | |
4796 if (new_line == NULL) | |
4797 { | |
4798 vim_free(orig_line); | |
4799 orig_line = NULL; | |
4800 } | |
4801 else | |
4802 { | |
4803 /* Position the cursor relative to the | |
4804 * end of the line, the previous | |
4805 * substitute may have inserted or | |
4806 * deleted characters before the | |
4807 * cursor. */ | |
4086 | 4808 len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line) |
4809 - (int)STRLEN(orig_line); | |
4076 | 4810 curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change; |
4811 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); | |
4812 } | |
4813 } | |
4814 } | |
4815 | |
1499 | 4816 search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum |
4817 - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4076 | 4818 search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col |
4819 + len_change; | |
169 | 4820 highlight_match = TRUE; |
4821 | |
4822 update_topline(); | |
4823 validate_cursor(); | |
748 | 4824 update_screen(SOME_VALID); |
169 | 4825 highlight_match = FALSE; |
748 | 4826 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 4827 |
4828 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
169 | 4829 curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen; |
4830 #endif | |
4831 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
4832 msg_didout = FALSE; /* avoid a scroll-up */ | |
4833 msg_starthere(); | |
4834 i = msg_scroll; | |
4835 msg_scroll = 0; /* truncate msg when | |
4836 needed */ | |
4837 msg_no_more = TRUE; | |
4838 /* write message same highlighting as for | |
4839 * wait_return */ | |
4840 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), | |
4841 (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub); | |
4842 msg_no_more = FALSE; | |
4843 msg_scroll = i; | |
4844 showruler(TRUE); | |
4845 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
4846 RedrawingDisabled = temp; | |
7 | 4847 |
4848 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
169 | 4849 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ |
4850 #endif | |
4851 ++no_mapping; /* don't map this key */ | |
4852 ++allow_keys; /* allow special keys */ | |
1872 | 4853 typed = plain_vgetc(); |
169 | 4854 --allow_keys; |
4855 --no_mapping; | |
4856 | |
4857 /* clear the question */ | |
4858 msg_didout = FALSE; /* don't scroll up */ | |
4859 msg_col = 0; | |
4860 gotocmdline(TRUE); | |
4076 | 4861 |
4862 /* restore the line */ | |
4863 if (orig_line != NULL) | |
4864 ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
169 | 4865 } |
4866 | |
7 | 4867 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */ |
1872 | 4868 if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C |
7 | 4869 #ifdef UNIX |
1872 | 4870 || typed == intr_char |
7 | 4871 #endif |
4872 ) | |
4873 { | |
4874 got_quit = TRUE; | |
4875 break; | |
4876 } | |
1872 | 4877 if (typed == 'n') |
7 | 4878 break; |
1872 | 4879 if (typed == 'y') |
7 | 4880 break; |
1872 | 4881 if (typed == 'l') |
7 | 4882 { |
4883 /* last: replace and then stop */ | |
4884 do_all = FALSE; | |
4885 line2 = lnum; | |
4886 break; | |
4887 } | |
1872 | 4888 if (typed == 'a') |
7 | 4889 { |
4890 do_ask = FALSE; | |
4891 break; | |
4892 } | |
4893 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1872 | 4894 if (typed == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 4895 scrollup_clamp(); |
1872 | 4896 else if (typed == Ctrl_Y) |
7 | 4897 scrolldown_clamp(); |
4898 #endif | |
4899 } | |
4900 State = save_State; | |
4901 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4902 setmouse(); | |
4903 #endif | |
4904 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) | |
4905 --no_u_sync; | |
4906 | |
1872 | 4907 if (typed == 'n') |
7 | 4908 { |
4909 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at | |
4910 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that | |
4911 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. | |
1091 | 4912 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc" |
4913 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */ | |
7 | 4914 if (nmatch > 1) |
4915 { | |
835 | 4916 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); |
1091 | 4917 skip_match = TRUE; |
7 | 4918 } |
4919 goto skip; | |
4920 } | |
4921 if (got_quit) | |
4099 | 4922 goto skip; |
7 | 4923 } |
4924 | |
4925 /* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can | |
4926 * use "\=col("."). */ | |
4927 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
4928 | |
4929 /* | |
4930 * 3. substitute the string. | |
4931 */ | |
3736 | 4932 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4933 if (do_count) | |
4934 { | |
3786 | 4935 /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */ |
3736 | 4936 save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma; |
4937 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; | |
4938 sandbox++; | |
4939 } | |
4940 #endif | |
7 | 4941 /* get length of substitution part */ |
1499 | 4942 sublen = vim_regsub_multi(®match, |
4943 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, | |
7 | 4944 sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE); |
3736 | 4945 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4946 if (do_count) | |
4947 { | |
4948 curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma; | |
4949 sandbox--; | |
4950 goto skip; | |
4951 } | |
4952 #endif | |
7 | 4953 |
533 | 4954 /* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may |
819 | 4955 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */ |
533 | 4956 if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1) |
4957 { | |
4958 nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1; | |
4959 skip_match = TRUE; | |
4960 } | |
4961 | |
7 | 4962 /* Need room for: |
4963 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line) | |
4964 * - original text up to match | |
4965 * - length of substituted part | |
4966 * - original text after match | |
4967 */ | |
4968 if (nmatch == 1) | |
4969 p1 = sub_firstline; | |
4970 else | |
4971 { | |
4972 p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1); | |
4973 nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1; | |
4974 } | |
1872 | 4975 copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol; |
4976 needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1) | |
4977 - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1; | |
7 | 4978 if (new_start == NULL) |
4979 { | |
4980 /* | |
4981 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the | |
4982 * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid | |
4983 * too many calls to alloc()/free()). | |
4984 */ | |
4985 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; | |
4986 if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) | |
4987 goto outofmem; | |
4988 *new_start = NUL; | |
4989 new_end = new_start; | |
4990 } | |
4991 else | |
4992 { | |
4993 /* | |
4994 * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the | |
4995 * substitution into. If not, make it larger (with a bit | |
4996 * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()). | |
4997 */ | |
4998 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start); | |
4999 needed_len += len; | |
1872 | 5000 if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len) |
7 | 5001 { |
5002 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; | |
5003 if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) | |
5004 { | |
5005 vim_free(new_start); | |
5006 goto outofmem; | |
5007 } | |
5008 mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1)); | |
5009 vim_free(new_start); | |
5010 new_start = p1; | |
5011 } | |
5012 new_end = new_start + len; | |
5013 } | |
5014 | |
5015 /* | |
5016 * copy the text up to the part that matched | |
5017 */ | |
1872 | 5018 mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len); |
5019 new_end += copy_len; | |
7 | 5020 |
1499 | 5021 (void)vim_regsub_multi(®match, |
5022 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, | |
7 | 5023 sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE); |
5024 sub_nsubs++; | |
5025 did_sub = TRUE; | |
5026 | |
5027 /* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it | |
5028 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */ | |
5029 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5030 | |
5031 /* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched | |
5032 * line and continue in that one. */ | |
5033 if (nmatch > 1) | |
5034 { | |
5035 sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1; | |
5036 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
5037 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); | |
5038 /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */ | |
5039 if (sub_firstlnum <= line2) | |
5040 do_again = TRUE; | |
5041 else | |
5042 do_all = FALSE; | |
5043 } | |
5044 | |
5045 /* Remember next character to be copied. */ | |
5046 copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
5047 | |
819 | 5048 if (skip_match) |
5049 { | |
5050 /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one | |
5051 * less than what it ought to be. */ | |
5052 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
5053 sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
5054 copycol = 0; | |
5055 } | |
5056 | |
7 | 5057 /* |
5058 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line | |
5059 * break. This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in | |
5060 * the text. The line break can be avoided by preceding the | |
5061 * CTRL-M with a backslash. To be able to insert a backslash, | |
5062 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here. | |
5063 * That is Vi compatible. | |
5064 */ | |
5065 for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1) | |
5066 { | |
5067 if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL) /* remove backslash */ | |
1624 | 5068 STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1); |
7 | 5069 else if (*p1 == CAR) |
5070 { | |
5071 if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK) /* prepare for undo */ | |
5072 { | |
5073 *p1 = NUL; /* truncate up to the CR */ | |
5074 ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, | |
5075 (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE); | |
5076 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
5077 if (do_ask) | |
5078 appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L); | |
5079 else | |
5080 { | |
5081 if (first_line == 0) | |
5082 first_line = lnum; | |
5083 last_line = lnum + 1; | |
5084 } | |
5085 /* All line numbers increase. */ | |
5086 ++sub_firstlnum; | |
5087 ++lnum; | |
5088 ++line2; | |
5089 /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */ | |
5090 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1444 | 5091 /* copy the rest */ |
1624 | 5092 STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1); |
7 | 5093 p1 = new_start - 1; |
5094 } | |
5095 } | |
5096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5097 else if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 5098 p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1; |
7 | 5099 #endif |
5100 } | |
5101 | |
5102 /* | |
5103 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match. | |
5104 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty | |
5105 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g. | |
5106 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK. | |
5107 */ | |
5108 skip: | |
5109 /* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at | |
5110 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like | |
1499 | 5111 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL. "lnum" can be below |
5112 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line | |
5113 * break. */ | |
15 | 5114 lastone = (skip_match |
5115 || got_int | |
5116 || got_quit | |
1499 | 5117 || lnum > line2 |
15 | 5118 || !(do_all || do_again) |
5119 || (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1 | |
5120 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog))); | |
7 | 5121 nmatch = -1; |
5122 | |
5123 /* | |
5124 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed. This is | |
5125 * skipped when there are more matches. | |
5126 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line | |
5127 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another | |
5128 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work. | |
1499 | 5129 * When the match starts below where we start searching also |
5130 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n). | |
7 | 5131 */ |
5132 if (lastone | |
5133 || nmatch_tl > 0 | |
5134 || (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, | |
1521 | 5135 curbuf, sub_firstlnum, |
5136 matchcol, NULL)) == 0 | |
1499 | 5137 || regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) |
7 | 5138 { |
5139 if (new_start != NULL) | |
5140 { | |
5141 /* | |
5142 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match. | |
5143 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of | |
5144 * the line as reference, because the substitute may | |
5145 * have changed the number of characters. Same for | |
5146 * "prev_matchcol". | |
5147 */ | |
5148 STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol); | |
5149 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; | |
5150 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) | |
5151 - prev_matchcol; | |
5152 | |
5153 if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK) | |
5154 break; | |
5155 ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE); | |
5156 | |
5157 if (nmatch_tl > 0) | |
5158 { | |
5159 /* | |
5160 * Matched lines have now been substituted and are | |
5161 * useless, delete them. The part after the match | |
5162 * has been appended to new_start, we don't need | |
5163 * it in the buffer. | |
5164 */ | |
5165 ++lnum; | |
5166 if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK) | |
5167 break; | |
5168 for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i) | |
5169 ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE); | |
5170 mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1, | |
5171 (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl); | |
5172 if (do_ask) | |
5173 deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl); | |
5174 --lnum; | |
5175 line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */ | |
5176 nmatch_tl = 0; | |
5177 } | |
5178 | |
5179 /* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set | |
5180 * changed flag each time. */ | |
5181 if (do_ask) | |
5182 changed_bytes(lnum, 0); | |
5183 else | |
5184 { | |
5185 if (first_line == 0) | |
5186 first_line = lnum; | |
5187 last_line = lnum + 1; | |
5188 } | |
5189 | |
5190 sub_firstlnum = lnum; | |
5191 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the temp buffer */ | |
5192 sub_firstline = new_start; | |
5193 new_start = NULL; | |
5194 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; | |
5195 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) | |
5196 - prev_matchcol; | |
5197 copycol = 0; | |
5198 } | |
5199 if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone) | |
5200 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, | |
1521 | 5201 sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL); |
7 | 5202 |
5203 /* | |
5204 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line | |
5205 */ | |
5206 if (nmatch <= 0) | |
1499 | 5207 { |
5208 /* If the match found didn't start where we were | |
5209 * searching, do the next search in the line where we | |
5210 * found the match. */ | |
5211 if (nmatch == -1) | |
5212 lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7 | 5213 break; |
1499 | 5214 } |
7 | 5215 } |
5216 | |
5217 line_breakcheck(); | |
5218 } | |
5219 | |
5220 if (did_sub) | |
5221 ++sub_nlines; | |
1720 | 5222 vim_free(new_start); /* for when substitute was cancelled */ |
7 | 5223 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the copy of the original line */ |
5224 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
5225 } | |
5226 | |
5227 line_breakcheck(); | |
5228 } | |
5229 | |
5230 if (first_line != 0) | |
5231 { | |
5232 /* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get | |
5233 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of | |
5234 * deleted lines). */ | |
5235 i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
5236 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i); | |
5237 } | |
5238 | |
5239 outofmem: | |
5240 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */ | |
170 | 5241 |
5242 /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */ | |
5243 if (do_count) | |
5244 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
5245 | |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
5246 if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs) |
7 | 5247 { |
5248 /* Set the '[ and '] marks. */ | |
5249 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1; | |
5250 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
5251 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
5252 | |
5253 if (!global_busy) | |
5254 { | |
3394 | 5255 if (!do_ask) /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */ |
5256 { | |
5257 if (endcolumn) | |
5258 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
5259 else | |
5260 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
5261 } | |
170 | 5262 if (!do_sub_msg(do_count) && do_ask) |
7 | 5263 MSG(""); |
5264 } | |
5265 else | |
5266 global_need_beginline = TRUE; | |
5267 if (do_print) | |
169 | 5268 print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, do_number, do_list); |
7 | 5269 } |
5270 else if (!global_busy) | |
5271 { | |
5272 if (got_int) /* interrupted */ | |
5273 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5274 else if (got_match) /* did find something but nothing substituted */ | |
5275 MSG(""); | |
5276 else if (do_error) /* nothing found */ | |
5277 EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat()); | |
5278 } | |
5279 | |
4035 | 5280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5281 if (do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
5282 /* Cursor position may require updating */ | |
5283 changed_window_setting(); | |
5284 #endif | |
5285 | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
5286 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
7 | 5287 } |
5288 | |
5289 /* | |
5290 * Give message for number of substitutions. | |
5291 * Can also be used after a ":global" command. | |
5292 * Return TRUE if a message was given. | |
5293 */ | |
484 | 5294 int |
170 | 5295 do_sub_msg(count_only) |
5296 int count_only; /* used 'n' flag for ":s" */ | |
7 | 5297 { |
5298 /* | |
5299 * Only report substitutions when: | |
5300 * - more than 'report' substitutions | |
5301 * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report' | |
5302 * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw' | |
5303 */ | |
170 | 5304 if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1)) |
5305 || count_only) | |
7 | 5306 && messaging()) |
5307 { | |
5308 if (got_int) | |
5309 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) ")); | |
2290
22529abcd646
Fixed ":s" message. Docs updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
5310 else |
22529abcd646
Fixed ":s" message. Docs updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
5311 *msg_buf = NUL; |
7 | 5312 if (sub_nsubs == 1) |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5313 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5314 "%s", count_only ? _("1 match") : _("1 substitution")); |
7 | 5315 else |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5316 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
170 | 5317 count_only ? _("%ld matches") : _("%ld substitutions"), |
7 | 5318 sub_nsubs); |
5319 if (sub_nlines == 1) | |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5320 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5321 "%s", _(" on 1 line")); |
7 | 5322 else |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5323 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5324 _(" on %ld lines"), (long)sub_nlines); |
7 | 5325 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
5326 /* save message to display it after redraw */ | |
680 | 5327 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
7 | 5328 return TRUE; |
5329 } | |
5330 if (got_int) | |
5331 { | |
5332 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5333 return TRUE; | |
5334 } | |
5335 return FALSE; | |
5336 } | |
5337 | |
5338 /* | |
5339 * Execute a global command of the form: | |
5340 * | |
5341 * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches | |
5342 * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match | |
5343 * | |
5344 * where 'X' is an EX command | |
5345 * | |
5346 * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and | |
5347 * is assumed to be 'p' if missing. | |
5348 * | |
5349 * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and | |
3786 | 5350 * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command |
7 | 5351 * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting |
5352 * lines we do not know where to search for the next match. | |
5353 */ | |
5354 void | |
5355 ex_global(eap) | |
5356 exarg_T *eap; | |
5357 { | |
5358 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ | |
170 | 5359 int ndone = 0; |
7 | 5360 int type; /* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */ |
5361 char_u *cmd; /* command argument */ | |
5362 | |
5363 char_u delim; /* delimiter, normally '/' */ | |
5364 char_u *pat; | |
5365 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
5366 int match; | |
5367 int which_pat; | |
5368 | |
5369 if (global_busy) | |
5370 { | |
5371 EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive")); /* will increment global_busy */ | |
5372 return; | |
5373 } | |
5374 | |
5375 if (eap->forceit) /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */ | |
5376 type = 'v'; | |
5377 else | |
5378 type = *eap->cmd; | |
5379 cmd = eap->arg; | |
5380 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* default: use last used regexp */ | |
5381 | |
5382 /* | |
5383 * undocumented vi feature: | |
5384 * "\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern. | |
5385 * "\&": use previous substitute pattern. | |
5386 */ | |
5387 if (*cmd == '\\') | |
5388 { | |
5389 ++cmd; | |
5390 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) | |
5391 { | |
5392 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); | |
5393 return; | |
5394 } | |
5395 if (*cmd == '&') | |
5396 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use previous substitute pattern */ | |
5397 else | |
5398 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use previous search pattern */ | |
5399 ++cmd; | |
5400 pat = (char_u *)""; | |
5401 } | |
5402 else if (*cmd == NUL) | |
5403 { | |
5404 EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global")); | |
5405 return; | |
5406 } | |
5407 else | |
5408 { | |
5409 delim = *cmd; /* get the delimiter */ | |
5410 if (delim) | |
5411 ++cmd; /* skip delimiter if there is one */ | |
5412 pat = cmd; /* remember start of pattern */ | |
5413 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg); | |
5414 if (cmd[0] == delim) /* end delimiter found */ | |
5415 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
5416 } | |
5417 | |
5418 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */ | |
5419 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) | |
5420 lrFswap(pat,0); | |
5421 #endif | |
5422 | |
5423 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) | |
5424 { | |
5425 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); | |
5426 return; | |
5427 } | |
5428 | |
5429 /* | |
5430 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line | |
5431 */ | |
5432 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum) | |
5433 { | |
5434 /* a match on this line? */ | |
1521 | 5435 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
5436 (colnr_T)0, NULL); | |
7 | 5437 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) |
5438 { | |
5439 ml_setmarked(lnum); | |
5440 ndone++; | |
5441 } | |
5442 line_breakcheck(); | |
5443 } | |
5444 | |
5445 /* | |
5446 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked | |
5447 */ | |
5448 if (got_int) | |
5449 MSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5450 else if (ndone == 0) | |
5451 { | |
5452 if (type == 'v') | |
274 | 5453 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat); |
7 | 5454 else |
4195 | 5455 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat); |
7 | 5456 } |
5457 else | |
5458 global_exe(cmd); | |
5459 | |
5460 ml_clearmarked(); /* clear rest of the marks */ | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
5461 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
7 | 5462 } |
5463 | |
5464 /* | |
5465 * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked(). | |
5466 */ | |
5467 void | |
5468 global_exe(cmd) | |
5469 char_u *cmd; | |
5470 { | |
2819 | 5471 linenr_T old_lcount; /* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */ |
5472 buf_T *old_buf = curbuf; /* remember what buffer we started in */ | |
5473 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ | |
7 | 5474 |
5475 /* | |
5476 * Set current position only once for a global command. | |
5477 * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything. | |
5478 * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented. | |
5479 */ | |
5480 setpcmark(); | |
5481 | |
5482 /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */ | |
5483 msg_didout = TRUE; | |
5484 | |
2127
4e22214f8464
updated for version 7.2.409
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2126
diff
changeset
|
5485 sub_nsubs = 0; |
4e22214f8464
updated for version 7.2.409
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2126
diff
changeset
|
5486 sub_nlines = 0; |
7 | 5487 global_need_beginline = FALSE; |
5488 global_busy = 1; | |
5489 old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
5490 while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1) | |
5491 { | |
5492 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
5493 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5494 if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n') | |
5495 do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); | |
5496 else | |
5497 do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); | |
5498 ui_breakcheck(); | |
5499 } | |
5500 | |
5501 global_busy = 0; | |
5502 if (global_need_beginline) | |
5503 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
5504 else | |
5505 check_cursor(); /* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */ | |
5506 | |
39 | 5507 /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous |
5508 * line may move it on the screen */ | |
5509 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
5510 | |
7 | 5511 /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the |
5512 * command with the report for number of changes. */ | |
5513 if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0) | |
5514 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
5515 | |
1227 | 5516 /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report |
2819 | 5517 * number of extra or deleted lines. |
5518 * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer | |
5519 * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */ | |
5520 if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf) | |
7 | 5521 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); |
5522 } | |
5523 | |
5524 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5525 int | |
5526 read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, force) | |
5527 vir_T *virp; | |
5528 int force; | |
5529 { | |
2690 | 5530 if (force) |
7 | 5531 vim_free(old_sub); |
5532 if (force || old_sub == NULL) | |
5533 old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5534 return viminfo_readline(virp); | |
5535 } | |
5536 | |
5537 void | |
5538 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp) | |
5539 FILE *fp; | |
5540 { | |
5541 if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL) | |
5542 { | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
5543 fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp); |
7 | 5544 viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub); |
5545 } | |
5546 } | |
5547 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5548 | |
359 | 5549 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
5550 void | |
5551 free_old_sub() | |
5552 { | |
5553 vim_free(old_sub); | |
5554 } | |
5555 #endif | |
5556 | |
7 | 5557 #if (defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) || defined(PROTO) |
5558 /* | |
5559 * Set up for a tagpreview. | |
735 | 5560 * Return TRUE when it was created. |
7 | 5561 */ |
735 | 5562 int |
816 | 5563 prepare_tagpreview(undo_sync) |
5564 int undo_sync; /* sync undo when leaving the window */ | |
7 | 5565 { |
5566 win_T *wp; | |
5567 | |
5568 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5569 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
5570 # endif | |
5571 | |
5572 /* | |
5573 * If there is already a preview window open, use that one. | |
5574 */ | |
5575 if (!curwin->w_p_pvw) | |
5576 { | |
5577 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
5578 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
5579 break; | |
5580 if (wp != NULL) | |
816 | 5581 win_enter(wp, undo_sync); |
7 | 5582 else |
5583 { | |
5584 /* | |
5585 * There is no preview window open yet. Create one. | |
5586 */ | |
5587 if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0) | |
5588 == FAIL) | |
735 | 5589 return FALSE; |
7 | 5590 curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE; |
5591 curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE; | |
2583 | 5592 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* don't take over 'scrollbind' |
5593 and 'cursorbind' */ | |
7 | 5594 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
5595 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* no 'diff' */ | |
5596 # endif | |
5597 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
5598 curwin->w_p_fdc = 0; /* no 'foldcolumn' */ | |
5599 # endif | |
735 | 5600 return TRUE; |
7 | 5601 } |
5602 } | |
735 | 5603 return FALSE; |
7 | 5604 } |
5605 | |
5606 #endif | |
5607 | |
5608 | |
5609 /* | |
5610 * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file | |
5611 */ | |
5612 void | |
5613 ex_help(eap) | |
5614 exarg_T *eap; | |
5615 { | |
5616 char_u *arg; | |
5617 char_u *tag; | |
5618 FILE *helpfd; /* file descriptor of help file */ | |
5619 int n; | |
5620 int i; | |
5621 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5622 win_T *wp; | |
5623 #endif | |
5624 int num_matches; | |
5625 char_u **matches; | |
5626 char_u *p; | |
5627 int empty_fnum = 0; | |
5628 int alt_fnum = 0; | |
5629 buf_T *buf; | |
5630 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5631 int len; | |
9 | 5632 char_u *lang; |
7 | 5633 #endif |
3112 | 5634 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5635 int old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped; | |
5636 #endif | |
7 | 5637 |
5638 if (eap != NULL) | |
5639 { | |
5640 /* | |
5641 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is | |
5642 * followed by some text. Set nextcmd to the following command. | |
5643 */ | |
5644 for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg) | |
5645 { | |
5646 if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r' | |
5647 || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|')) | |
5648 { | |
5649 *arg++ = NUL; | |
5650 eap->nextcmd = arg; | |
5651 break; | |
5652 } | |
5653 } | |
5654 arg = eap->arg; | |
5655 | |
3446 | 5656 if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help) |
7 | 5657 { |
5658 EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!")); | |
5659 return; | |
5660 } | |
5661 | |
5662 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands */ | |
5663 return; | |
5664 } | |
5665 else | |
5666 arg = (char_u *)""; | |
5667 | |
5668 /* remove trailing blanks */ | |
5669 p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1; | |
5670 while (p > arg && vim_iswhite(*p) && p[-1] != '\\') | |
5671 *p-- = NUL; | |
5672 | |
5673 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5674 /* Check for a specified language */ | |
9 | 5675 lang = check_help_lang(arg); |
7 | 5676 #endif |
5677 | |
5678 /* When no argument given go to the index. */ | |
5679 if (*arg == NUL) | |
5680 arg = (char_u *)"help.txt"; | |
5681 | |
5682 /* | |
5683 * Check if there is a match for the argument. | |
5684 */ | |
5685 n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches, | |
5686 eap != NULL && eap->forceit); | |
5687 | |
5688 i = 0; | |
5689 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5690 if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL) | |
5691 /* Find first item with the requested language. */ | |
5692 for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
5693 { | |
835 | 5694 len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]); |
7 | 5695 if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@' |
5696 && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0) | |
5697 break; | |
5698 } | |
5699 #endif | |
5700 if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL) | |
5701 { | |
5702 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5703 if (lang != NULL) | |
5704 EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg); | |
5705 else | |
5706 #endif | |
5707 EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg); | |
5708 if (n != FAIL) | |
5709 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); | |
5710 return; | |
5711 } | |
5712 | |
5713 /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */ | |
5714 tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]); | |
5715 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); | |
5716 | |
5717 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5718 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
5719 #endif | |
5720 | |
5721 /* | |
5722 * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one. | |
684 | 5723 * Always open a new one for ":tab help". |
7 | 5724 */ |
684 | 5725 if (!curwin->w_buffer->b_help |
5726 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5727 || cmdmod.tab != 0 | |
5728 #endif | |
5729 ) | |
7 | 5730 { |
5731 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
684 | 5732 if (cmdmod.tab != 0) |
5733 wp = NULL; | |
5734 else | |
5735 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
5736 if (wp->w_buffer != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
5737 break; | |
7 | 5738 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0) |
5739 win_enter(wp, TRUE); | |
5740 else | |
5741 #endif | |
5742 { | |
5743 /* | |
5744 * There is no help window yet. | |
5745 * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option. | |
5746 */ | |
5747 if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL) | |
5748 { | |
274 | 5749 smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf); |
7 | 5750 goto erret; |
5751 } | |
5752 fclose(helpfd); | |
5753 | |
5754 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5755 /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position | |
684 | 5756 * specified, the current window is vertically split and |
5757 * narrow. */ | |
7 | 5758 n = WSP_HELP; |
5759 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5760 if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns | |
684 | 5761 && curwin->w_width < 80) |
7 | 5762 n |= WSP_TOP; |
5763 # endif | |
5764 if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL) | |
684 | 5765 goto erret; |
7 | 5766 #else |
5767 /* use current window */ | |
5768 if (!can_abandon(curbuf, FALSE)) | |
5769 goto erret; | |
684 | 5770 #endif |
7 | 5771 |
5772 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5773 if (curwin->w_height < p_hh) | |
5774 win_setheight((int)p_hh); | |
5775 #endif | |
5776 | |
5777 /* | |
5778 * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will | |
5779 * set b_p_ro flag). | |
5780 * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file. | |
5781 */ | |
5782 alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; | |
5783 (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, | |
1743 | 5784 ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP, |
5785 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5786 NULL /* buffer is still open, don't store info */ | |
5787 #else | |
5788 curwin | |
5789 #endif | |
5790 ); | |
22 | 5791 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) |
5792 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; | |
7 | 5793 empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; |
5794 } | |
5795 } | |
5796 | |
5797 if (!p_im) | |
5798 restart_edit = 0; /* don't want insert mode in help file */ | |
5799 | |
3112 | 5800 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5801 /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it. | |
5802 * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */ | |
5803 KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped; | |
5804 #endif | |
5805 | |
7 | 5806 if (tag != NULL) |
5807 do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE); | |
5808 | |
819 | 5809 /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it. Careful: autocommands |
5810 * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a | |
5811 * window. */ | |
7 | 5812 if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum) |
5813 { | |
5814 buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum); | |
819 | 5815 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0) |
7 | 5816 wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE); |
5817 } | |
5818 | |
5819 /* keep the previous alternate file */ | |
22 | 5820 if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt) |
7 | 5821 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; |
5822 | |
5823 erret: | |
5824 vim_free(tag); | |
5825 } | |
5826 | |
5827 | |
9 | 5828 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO) |
5829 /* | |
5830 * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx". | |
5831 * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx". | |
5832 * Returns NULL if not found. | |
5833 */ | |
5834 char_u * | |
5835 check_help_lang(arg) | |
5836 char_u *arg; | |
5837 { | |
835 | 5838 int len = (int)STRLEN(arg); |
9 | 5839 |
5840 if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2]) | |
5841 && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1])) | |
5842 { | |
5843 arg[len - 3] = NUL; /* remove the '@' */ | |
5844 return arg + len - 2; | |
5845 } | |
5846 return NULL; | |
5847 } | |
5848 #endif | |
5849 | |
7 | 5850 /* |
5851 * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches. The | |
5852 * smaller the number, the better the match. This is the order of priorities, | |
5853 * from best match to worst match: | |
5854 * - Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better. | |
5855 * - Match with least total characters is better. | |
5856 * - Match towards the start is better. | |
5857 * - Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command) | |
5858 * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to | |
5859 * match some string for which help is requested. webb. | |
5860 */ | |
5861 int | |
5862 help_heuristic(matched_string, offset, wrong_case) | |
5863 char_u *matched_string; | |
5864 int offset; /* offset for match */ | |
5865 int wrong_case; /* no matching case */ | |
5866 { | |
5867 int num_letters; | |
5868 char_u *p; | |
5869 | |
5870 num_letters = 0; | |
5871 for (p = matched_string; *p; p++) | |
5872 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p)) | |
5873 num_letters++; | |
5874 | |
5875 /* | |
5876 * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger | |
5877 * weighting than the number of characters. | |
5878 * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000. | |
5879 * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it | |
5880 * somewhere in the last half. | |
5881 * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to | |
5882 * put it after matches at the start. | |
5883 */ | |
5884 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0 | |
5885 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1])) | |
5886 offset += 10000; | |
5887 else if (offset > 2) | |
5888 offset *= 200; | |
5889 if (wrong_case) | |
5890 offset += 5000; | |
5891 /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+" | |
5892 * alone is not a feature. */ | |
5893 if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL) | |
5894 offset += 100; | |
5895 return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset); | |
5896 } | |
5897 | |
5898 /* | |
5899 * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number | |
5900 * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags(). | |
5901 */ | |
5902 static int | |
5903 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
5904 _RTLENTRYF | |
5905 #endif | |
5906 help_compare(s1, s2) | |
5907 const void *s1; | |
5908 const void *s2; | |
5909 { | |
5910 char *p1; | |
5911 char *p2; | |
5912 | |
5913 p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1; | |
5914 p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1; | |
5915 return strcmp(p1, p2); | |
5916 } | |
5917 | |
5918 /* | |
5919 * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with | |
5920 * the number of matches in num_matches. | |
5921 * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm. | |
5922 * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer. | |
5923 */ | |
5924 int | |
5925 find_help_tags(arg, num_matches, matches, keep_lang) | |
5926 char_u *arg; | |
5927 int *num_matches; | |
5928 char_u ***matches; | |
5929 int keep_lang; | |
5930 { | |
5931 char_u *s, *d; | |
5932 int i; | |
5933 static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*", | |
445 | 5934 "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**", |
5269
7d1f89b27103
updated for version 7.4b.011
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5257
diff
changeset
|
5935 "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)", |
323 | 5936 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", "z?", |
279 | 5937 "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=", |
7 | 5938 "[count]", "[quotex]", "[range]", |
5647 | 5939 "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$", |
5940 "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L", | |
5941 "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"}; | |
7 | 5942 static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star", |
445 | 5943 "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar", |
5269
7d1f89b27103
updated for version 7.4b.011
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5257
diff
changeset
|
5944 "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)", |
323 | 5945 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", "z?", |
279 | 5946 "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=", |
7 | 5947 "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]", "\\[range]", |
5647 | 5948 "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$", |
5949 "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L", | |
5950 "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"}; | |
7 | 5951 int flags; |
5952 | |
5953 d = IObuff; /* assume IObuff is long enough! */ | |
5954 | |
5955 /* | |
5956 * Recognize a few exceptions to the rule. Some strings that contain '*' | |
5957 * with "star". Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard. | |
5958 */ | |
1872 | 5959 for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) |
7 | 5960 if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0) |
5961 { | |
5962 STRCPY(d, rtable[i]); | |
5963 break; | |
5964 } | |
5965 | |
5966 if (i < 0) /* no match in table */ | |
5967 { | |
5968 /* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc. Otherwise every tag is matched. | |
5969 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too. | |
5970 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc. | |
5971 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc. | |
5972 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */ | |
5973 if (arg[0] == '\\' | |
5974 && ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL) | |
5975 || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL | |
5976 && arg[2] != NUL))) | |
5977 { | |
5978 STRCPY(d, "/\\\\"); | |
5979 STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1); | |
5980 /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */ | |
5981 if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$') | |
5982 STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$"); | |
5983 } | |
5984 else | |
5985 { | |
3786 | 5986 /* Replace: |
5987 * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]" | |
5988 * "[++...]" with "\[++...]" | |
5647 | 5989 * "\{" with "\\{" -- matching "} \}" |
3786 | 5990 */ |
5991 if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':' | |
5992 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+'))) | |
5993 || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{')) | |
7 | 5994 *d++ = '\\'; |
5995 | |
5996 for (s = arg; *s; ++s) | |
5997 { | |
5998 /* | |
5999 * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of | |
6000 * the tags for these commands. | |
6001 * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line | |
6002 * completion. | |
6003 * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their | |
6004 * special meaning. | |
6005 */ | |
6006 if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10) /* getting too long!? */ | |
6007 break; | |
6008 switch (*s) | |
6009 { | |
6010 case '|': STRCPY(d, "bar"); | |
6011 d += 3; | |
6012 continue; | |
6013 case '"': STRCPY(d, "quote"); | |
6014 d += 5; | |
6015 continue; | |
6016 case '*': *d++ = '.'; | |
6017 break; | |
6018 case '?': *d++ = '.'; | |
6019 continue; | |
6020 case '$': | |
6021 case '.': | |
6022 case '~': *d++ = '\\'; | |
6023 break; | |
6024 } | |
6025 | |
6026 /* | |
6027 * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make | |
6028 * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work. | |
6029 * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable. | |
6030 */ | |
6031 if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1]) | |
6032 || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL))) | |
6033 { | |
5282
8c42772f0543
updated for version 7.4b.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5269
diff
changeset
|
6034 if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\') |
8c42772f0543
updated for version 7.4b.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5269
diff
changeset
|
6035 *d++ = '_'; /* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */ |
7 | 6036 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-"); |
6037 d += 5; | |
6038 if (*s < ' ') | |
6039 { | |
6040 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
6041 *d++ = CtrlChar(*s); | |
6042 #else | |
6043 *d++ = *s + '@'; | |
6044 #endif | |
6045 if (d[-1] == '\\') | |
6046 *d++ = '\\'; /* double a backslash */ | |
6047 } | |
6048 else | |
6049 *d++ = *++s; | |
6050 if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_') | |
6051 *d++ = '_'; /* append a '_' */ | |
6052 continue; | |
6053 } | |
6054 else if (*s == '^') /* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */ | |
6055 *d++ = '\\'; | |
6056 | |
6057 /* | |
6058 * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search | |
6059 * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|". | |
6060 */ | |
6061 else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\' | |
6062 && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1) | |
6063 *d++ = '\\'; | |
6064 | |
6065 /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in | |
6066 * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */ | |
6067 if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0) | |
6068 { | |
6069 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\"); | |
6070 d += 7; | |
6071 s += 6; | |
6072 } | |
6073 | |
6074 *d++ = *s; | |
6075 | |
6076 /* | |
6077 * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes | |
6078 * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.'). | |
6079 */ | |
6080 if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'') | |
6081 break; | |
6082 } | |
6083 *d = NUL; | |
3480 | 6084 |
6085 if (*IObuff == '`') | |
6086 { | |
6087 if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`') | |
6088 { | |
6089 /* remove the backticks from `command` */ | |
6090 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6091 d[-2] = NUL; | |
6092 } | |
6093 else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',') | |
6094 { | |
6095 /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */ | |
6096 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6097 d[-3] = NUL; | |
6098 } | |
6099 else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`' | |
6100 && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.') | |
6101 { | |
6102 /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */ | |
6103 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6104 d[-4] = NUL; | |
6105 } | |
6106 } | |
7 | 6107 } |
6108 } | |
6109 | |
6110 *matches = (char_u **)""; | |
6111 *num_matches = 0; | |
6112 flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE; | |
6113 if (keep_lang) | |
6114 flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG; | |
1696 | 6115 if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK |
7 | 6116 && *num_matches > 0) |
1696 | 6117 { |
7 | 6118 /* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the |
6119 * tag name. */ | |
6120 qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches, | |
6121 sizeof(char_u *), help_compare); | |
1696 | 6122 /* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */ |
6123 while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY) | |
6124 vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]); | |
6125 } | |
7 | 6126 return OK; |
6127 } | |
6128 | |
6129 /* | |
6130 * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax | |
6131 * highlighting is not used. | |
6132 */ | |
6133 void | |
6134 fix_help_buffer() | |
6135 { | |
6136 linenr_T lnum; | |
6137 char_u *line; | |
6138 int in_example = FALSE; | |
6139 int len; | |
3141 | 6140 char_u *fname; |
7 | 6141 char_u *p; |
6142 char_u *rt; | |
6143 int mustfree; | |
6144 | |
6145 /* set filetype to "help". */ | |
6146 set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL); | |
6147 | |
6148 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
6149 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) |
7 | 6150 #endif |
6151 { | |
6152 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6153 { | |
6154 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); | |
6155 len = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
6156 if (in_example && len > 0 && !vim_iswhite(line[0])) | |
6157 { | |
6158 /* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */ | |
6159 if (line[0] == '<') | |
6160 { | |
6161 /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */ | |
6162 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6163 line[0] = ' '; | |
6164 } | |
6165 in_example = FALSE; | |
6166 } | |
6167 if (!in_example && len > 0) | |
6168 { | |
6169 if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' ')) | |
6170 { | |
6171 /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */ | |
6172 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6173 line[len - 1] = ' '; | |
6174 in_example = TRUE; | |
6175 } | |
6176 else if (line[len - 1] == '~') | |
6177 { | |
6178 /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */ | |
6179 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6180 line[len - 1] = ' '; | |
6181 } | |
6182 } | |
6183 } | |
6184 } | |
6185 | |
6186 /* | |
3141 | 6187 * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help |
6188 * files. This uses the very first line in the help file. | |
7 | 6189 */ |
3141 | 6190 fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname); |
6191 if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0 | |
6192 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6193 || (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0 | |
6194 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5]) | |
6195 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6]) | |
6196 && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x' | |
6197 && fname[8] == NUL) | |
6198 #endif | |
6199 ) | |
7 | 6200 { |
6201 for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6202 { | |
6203 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); | |
3141 | 6204 if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL) |
6205 continue; | |
6206 | |
6207 /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping | |
6208 * $VIMRUNTIME. */ | |
6209 p = p_rtp; | |
6210 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 6211 { |
3141 | 6212 copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ","); |
6213 mustfree = FALSE; | |
6214 rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree); | |
6215 if (fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME) | |
7 | 6216 { |
3141 | 6217 int fcount; |
6218 char_u **fnames; | |
6219 FILE *fd; | |
6220 char_u *s; | |
6221 int fi; | |
7 | 6222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3141 | 6223 vimconv_T vc; |
6224 char_u *cp; | |
6225 #endif | |
6226 | |
6227 /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */ | |
6228 add_pathsep(NameBuff); | |
6229 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6230 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]"); | |
7 | 6231 #else |
3141 | 6232 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt"); |
6233 #endif | |
6234 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount, | |
6235 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK | |
6236 && fcount > 0) | |
6237 { | |
6238 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6239 int i1; | |
6240 int i2; | |
6241 char_u *f1; | |
6242 char_u *f2; | |
6243 char_u *t1; | |
6244 char_u *e1; | |
6245 char_u *e2; | |
6246 | |
6247 /* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in | |
6248 * the same directory. */ | |
6249 for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1) | |
6250 { | |
6251 for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2) | |
6252 { | |
6253 if (i1 == i2) | |
6254 continue; | |
6255 if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL) | |
6256 continue; | |
6257 f1 = fnames[i1]; | |
6258 f2 = fnames[i2]; | |
6259 t1 = gettail(f1); | |
6260 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, t1 - f1) != 0) | |
6261 continue; | |
6262 e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.'); | |
6263 e2 = vim_strrchr(gettail(f2), '.'); | |
6264 if (e1 == NUL || e2 == NUL) | |
6265 continue; | |
6266 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0 | |
6267 && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0) | |
6268 { | |
6269 /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */ | |
6270 vim_free(fnames[i1]); | |
6271 fnames[i1] = NULL; | |
6272 continue; | |
6273 } | |
6274 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0) | |
6275 continue; | |
6276 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0 | |
6277 && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0) | |
6278 { | |
6279 /* use .abx instead of .txt */ | |
6280 vim_free(fnames[i1]); | |
6281 fnames[i1] = NULL; | |
7 | 6282 } |
6283 } | |
6284 } | |
3141 | 6285 #endif |
6286 for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi) | |
6287 { | |
6288 if (fnames[fi] == NULL) | |
6289 continue; | |
6290 fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r"); | |
6291 if (fd != NULL) | |
6292 { | |
6293 vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd); | |
6294 if (IObuff[0] == '*' | |
6295 && (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*')) | |
6296 != NULL) | |
6297 { | |
6298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6299 int this_utf = MAYBE; | |
6300 #endif | |
6301 /* Change tag definition to a | |
6302 * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */ | |
6303 IObuff[0] = '|'; | |
6304 *s = '|'; | |
6305 while (*s != NUL) | |
6306 { | |
6307 if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') | |
6308 *s = NUL; | |
6309 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6310 /* The text is utf-8 when a byte | |
6311 * above 127 is found and no | |
6312 * illegal byte sequence is found. | |
6313 */ | |
6314 if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE) | |
6315 { | |
6316 int l; | |
6317 | |
6318 this_utf = TRUE; | |
6319 l = utf_ptr2len(s); | |
6320 if (l == 1) | |
6321 this_utf = FALSE; | |
6322 s += l - 1; | |
6323 } | |
6324 #endif | |
6325 ++s; | |
6326 } | |
6327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6328 /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8; | |
6329 * conversion to the current | |
6330 * 'encoding' may be required. */ | |
6331 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
6332 convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)( | |
6333 this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8" | |
6334 : "latin1"), p_enc); | |
6335 if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE) | |
6336 /* No conversion needed. */ | |
6337 cp = IObuff; | |
6338 else | |
6339 { | |
6340 /* Do the conversion. If it fails | |
6341 * use the unconverted text. */ | |
6342 cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff, | |
6343 NULL); | |
6344 if (cp == NULL) | |
6345 cp = IObuff; | |
6346 } | |
6347 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); | |
6348 | |
6349 ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
6350 if (cp != IObuff) | |
6351 vim_free(cp); | |
6352 #else | |
6353 ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, | |
6354 FALSE); | |
6355 #endif | |
6356 ++lnum; | |
6357 } | |
6358 fclose(fd); | |
6359 } | |
6360 } | |
6361 FreeWild(fcount, fnames); | |
7 | 6362 } |
6363 } | |
3141 | 6364 if (mustfree) |
6365 vim_free(rt); | |
7 | 6366 } |
3141 | 6367 break; |
7 | 6368 } |
6369 } | |
6370 } | |
6371 | |
40 | 6372 /* |
6373 * ":exusage" | |
6374 */ | |
6375 void | |
6376 ex_exusage(eap) | |
1876 | 6377 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
40 | 6378 { |
6379 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index"); | |
6380 } | |
6381 | |
6382 /* | |
6383 * ":viusage" | |
6384 */ | |
6385 void | |
6386 ex_viusage(eap) | |
1876 | 6387 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
40 | 6388 { |
6389 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index"); | |
6390 } | |
6391 | |
7 | 6392 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) |
1502 | 6393 static void helptags_one __ARGS((char_u *dir, char_u *ext, char_u *lang, int add_help_tags)); |
7 | 6394 |
6395 /* | |
6396 * ":helptags" | |
6397 */ | |
6398 void | |
6399 ex_helptags(eap) | |
6400 exarg_T *eap; | |
6401 { | |
6402 garray_T ga; | |
6403 int i, j; | |
6404 int len; | |
9 | 6405 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
7 | 6406 char_u lang[2]; |
9 | 6407 #endif |
1507 | 6408 expand_T xpc; |
6409 char_u *dirname; | |
7 | 6410 char_u ext[5]; |
6411 char_u fname[8]; | |
6412 int filecount; | |
6413 char_u **files; | |
1502 | 6414 int add_help_tags = FALSE; |
6415 | |
6416 /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */ | |
6417 if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(eap->arg[3])) | |
6418 { | |
6419 add_help_tags = TRUE; | |
6420 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3); | |
6421 } | |
7 | 6422 |
1507 | 6423 ExpandInit(&xpc); |
6424 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES; | |
6425 dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL, | |
6426 WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
6427 if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname)) | |
7 | 6428 { |
6429 EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg); | |
6430 return; | |
6431 } | |
6432 | |
6433 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
3957 | 6434 /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */ |
1507 | 6435 STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname); |
7 | 6436 add_pathsep(NameBuff); |
3957 | 6437 STRCAT(NameBuff, "**"); |
7 | 6438 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, |
6439 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL | |
6440 || filecount == 0) | |
6441 { | |
6442 EMSG2("E151: No match: %s", NameBuff); | |
1507 | 6443 vim_free(dirname); |
7 | 6444 return; |
6445 } | |
6446 | |
6447 /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are | |
6448 * present. */ | |
6449 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10); | |
6450 for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i) | |
6451 { | |
835 | 6452 len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]); |
7 | 6453 if (len > 4) |
6454 { | |
6455 if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0) | |
6456 { | |
6457 /* ".txt" -> language "en" */ | |
6458 lang[0] = 'e'; | |
6459 lang[1] = 'n'; | |
6460 } | |
6461 else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.' | |
6462 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3]) | |
6463 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2]) | |
6464 && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x') | |
6465 { | |
6466 /* ".abx" -> language "ab" */ | |
6467 lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]); | |
6468 lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]); | |
6469 } | |
6470 else | |
6471 continue; | |
6472 | |
6473 /* Did we find this language already? */ | |
6474 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) | |
6475 if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0) | |
6476 break; | |
6477 if (j == ga.ga_len) | |
6478 { | |
6479 /* New language, add it. */ | |
6480 if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL) | |
6481 break; | |
6482 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0]; | |
6483 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1]; | |
6484 } | |
6485 } | |
6486 } | |
6487 | |
6488 /* | |
6489 * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one. | |
6490 */ | |
6491 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) | |
6492 { | |
6493 STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx"); | |
6494 fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j]; | |
6495 fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1]; | |
6496 if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n') | |
6497 { | |
6498 /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */ | |
6499 fname[4] = NUL; | |
6500 STRCPY(ext, ".txt"); | |
6501 } | |
6502 else | |
6503 { | |
6504 /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */ | |
6505 STRCPY(ext, ".xxx"); | |
6506 ext[1] = fname[5]; | |
6507 ext[2] = fname[6]; | |
6508 } | |
1507 | 6509 helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags); |
7 | 6510 } |
6511 | |
6512 ga_clear(&ga); | |
6513 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6514 | |
6515 #else | |
6516 /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */ | |
1507 | 6517 helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags); |
6518 #endif | |
6519 vim_free(dirname); | |
7 | 6520 } |
6521 | |
6522 static void | |
1502 | 6523 helptags_one(dir, ext, tagfname, add_help_tags) |
6524 char_u *dir; /* doc directory */ | |
6525 char_u *ext; /* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */ | |
3957 | 6526 char_u *tagfname; /* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */ |
6527 int add_help_tags; /* add "help-tags" tag */ | |
7 | 6528 { |
6529 FILE *fd_tags; | |
6530 FILE *fd; | |
6531 garray_T ga; | |
6532 int filecount; | |
6533 char_u **files; | |
6534 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
6535 int fi; | |
6536 char_u *s; | |
6537 int i; | |
6538 char_u *fname; | |
3957 | 6539 int dirlen; |
7 | 6540 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6541 int utf8 = MAYBE; | |
6542 int this_utf8; | |
6543 int firstline; | |
6544 int mix = FALSE; /* detected mixed encodings */ | |
6545 # endif | |
6546 | |
6547 /* | |
6548 * Find all *.txt files. | |
6549 */ | |
3978 | 6550 dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir); |
7 | 6551 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); |
3957 | 6552 STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*"); |
7 | 6553 STRCAT(NameBuff, ext); |
6554 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, | |
6555 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL | |
6556 || filecount == 0) | |
6557 { | |
6558 if (!got_int) | |
6559 EMSG2("E151: No match: %s", NameBuff); | |
6560 return; | |
6561 } | |
6562 | |
6563 /* | |
6564 * Open the tags file for writing. | |
6565 * Do this before scanning through all the files. | |
6566 */ | |
6567 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); | |
6568 add_pathsep(NameBuff); | |
6569 STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname); | |
531 | 6570 fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w"); |
7 | 6571 if (fd_tags == NULL) |
6572 { | |
6573 EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff); | |
6574 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6575 return; | |
6576 } | |
6577 | |
6578 /* | |
1502 | 6579 * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc" |
6580 * add the "help-tags" tag. | |
7 | 6581 */ |
6582 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); | |
1502 | 6583 if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc", |
6584 dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME) | |
7 | 6585 { |
6586 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
6587 got_int = TRUE; | |
6588 else | |
6589 { | |
835 | 6590 s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname)); |
7 | 6591 if (s == NULL) |
6592 got_int = TRUE; | |
6593 else | |
6594 { | |
6595 sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname); | |
6596 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; | |
6597 ++ga.ga_len; | |
6598 } | |
6599 } | |
6600 } | |
6601 | |
6602 /* | |
6603 * Go over all the files and extract the tags. | |
6604 */ | |
6605 for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi) | |
6606 { | |
531 | 6607 fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r"); |
7 | 6608 if (fd == NULL) |
6609 { | |
6610 EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]); | |
6611 continue; | |
6612 } | |
3957 | 6613 fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1; |
7 | 6614 |
6615 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6616 firstline = TRUE; | |
6617 # endif | |
6618 while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int) | |
6619 { | |
6620 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6621 if (firstline) | |
6622 { | |
6623 /* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */ | |
6624 this_utf8 = MAYBE; | |
6625 for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
6626 if (*s >= 0x80) | |
6627 { | |
6628 int l; | |
6629 | |
6630 this_utf8 = TRUE; | |
474 | 6631 l = utf_ptr2len(s); |
7 | 6632 if (l == 1) |
6633 { | |
6634 /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */ | |
6635 this_utf8 = FALSE; | |
6636 break; | |
6637 } | |
6638 s += l - 1; | |
6639 } | |
6640 if (this_utf8 == MAYBE) /* only ASCII characters found */ | |
6641 this_utf8 = FALSE; | |
6642 if (utf8 == MAYBE) /* first file */ | |
6643 utf8 = this_utf8; | |
6644 else if (utf8 != this_utf8) | |
6645 { | |
6646 EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]); | |
6647 mix = !got_int; | |
6648 got_int = TRUE; | |
6649 } | |
6650 firstline = FALSE; | |
6651 } | |
6652 # endif | |
6653 p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*'); /* find first '*' */ | |
6654 while (p1 != NULL) | |
6655 { | |
3514 | 6656 /* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when |
6657 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the | |
6658 * second byte. */ | |
6659 p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*'); /* find second '*' */ | |
7 | 6660 if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1) /* skip "*" and "**" */ |
6661 { | |
6662 for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s) | |
6663 if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|') | |
6664 break; | |
6665 | |
6666 /* | |
6667 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid | |
6668 * characters, there is white space before it and is | |
6669 * followed by a white character or end-of-line. | |
6670 */ | |
6671 if (s == p2 | |
6672 && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t') | |
6673 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL | |
6674 || s[1] == '\0')) | |
6675 { | |
6676 *p2 = '\0'; | |
6677 ++p1; | |
6678 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
6679 { | |
6680 got_int = TRUE; | |
6681 break; | |
6682 } | |
6683 s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2)); | |
6684 if (s == NULL) | |
6685 { | |
6686 got_int = TRUE; | |
6687 break; | |
6688 } | |
6689 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; | |
6690 ++ga.ga_len; | |
6691 sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname); | |
6692 | |
6693 /* find next '*' */ | |
6694 p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*'); | |
6695 } | |
6696 } | |
6697 p1 = p2; | |
6698 } | |
6699 line_breakcheck(); | |
6700 } | |
6701 | |
6702 fclose(fd); | |
6703 } | |
6704 | |
6705 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6706 | |
6707 if (!got_int) | |
6708 { | |
6709 /* | |
6710 * Sort the tags. | |
6711 */ | |
6712 sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len); | |
6713 | |
6714 /* | |
6715 * Check for duplicates. | |
6716 */ | |
6717 for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6718 { | |
6719 p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1]; | |
6720 p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; | |
6721 while (*p1 == *p2) | |
6722 { | |
6723 if (*p2 == '\t') | |
6724 { | |
6725 *p2 = NUL; | |
274 | 6726 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, |
7 | 6727 _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"), |
6728 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1); | |
6729 EMSG(NameBuff); | |
6730 *p2 = '\t'; | |
6731 break; | |
6732 } | |
6733 ++p1; | |
6734 ++p2; | |
6735 } | |
6736 } | |
6737 | |
6738 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6739 if (utf8 == TRUE) | |
6740 fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n"); | |
6741 # endif | |
6742 | |
6743 /* | |
6744 * Write the tags into the file. | |
6745 */ | |
6746 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6747 { | |
6748 s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; | |
1325 | 6749 if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0) |
7 | 6750 /* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */ |
1325 | 6751 fputs((char *)s, fd_tags); |
7 | 6752 else |
6753 { | |
6754 fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s); | |
6755 for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1) | |
6756 { | |
6757 /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */ | |
6758 if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/') | |
6759 putc('\\', fd_tags); | |
6760 putc(*p1, fd_tags); | |
6761 } | |
6762 fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n"); | |
6763 } | |
6764 } | |
6765 } | |
6766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6767 if (mix) | |
6768 got_int = FALSE; /* continue with other languages */ | |
6769 #endif | |
6770 | |
6771 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6772 vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]); | |
6773 ga_clear(&ga); | |
6774 fclose(fd_tags); /* there is no check for an error... */ | |
6775 } | |
6776 #endif | |
6777 | |
6778 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6779 | |
6780 /* | |
6781 * Struct to hold the sign properties. | |
6782 */ | |
6783 typedef struct sign sign_T; | |
6784 | |
6785 struct sign | |
6786 { | |
6787 sign_T *sn_next; /* next sign in list */ | |
2606 | 6788 int sn_typenr; /* type number of sign */ |
7 | 6789 char_u *sn_name; /* name of sign */ |
6790 char_u *sn_icon; /* name of pixmap */ | |
6791 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
6792 void *sn_image; /* icon image */ | |
6793 #endif | |
6794 char_u *sn_text; /* text used instead of pixmap */ | |
6795 int sn_line_hl; /* highlight ID for line */ | |
6796 int sn_text_hl; /* highlight ID for text */ | |
6797 }; | |
6798 | |
6799 static sign_T *first_sign = NULL; | |
2605 | 6800 static int next_sign_typenr = 1; |
7 | 6801 |
1874 | 6802 static int sign_cmd_idx __ARGS((char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd)); |
7 | 6803 static void sign_list_defined __ARGS((sign_T *sp)); |
1828 | 6804 static void sign_undefine __ARGS((sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev)); |
7 | 6805 |
1868 | 6806 static char *cmds[] = { |
6807 "define", | |
6808 #define SIGNCMD_DEFINE 0 | |
6809 "undefine", | |
6810 #define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1 | |
6811 "list", | |
6812 #define SIGNCMD_LIST 2 | |
6813 "place", | |
6814 #define SIGNCMD_PLACE 3 | |
6815 "unplace", | |
6816 #define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4 | |
6817 "jump", | |
6818 #define SIGNCMD_JUMP 5 | |
6819 NULL | |
6820 #define SIGNCMD_LAST 6 | |
6821 }; | |
6822 | |
6823 /* | |
6824 * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name. | |
6825 * "*end_cmd" must be writable. | |
6826 */ | |
6827 static int | |
6828 sign_cmd_idx(begin_cmd, end_cmd) | |
1874 | 6829 char_u *begin_cmd; /* begin of sign subcmd */ |
6830 char_u *end_cmd; /* just after sign subcmd */ | |
1868 | 6831 { |
6832 int idx; | |
6833 char save = *end_cmd; | |
6834 | |
6835 *end_cmd = NUL; | |
6836 for (idx = 0; ; ++idx) | |
6837 if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0) | |
6838 break; | |
6839 *end_cmd = save; | |
6840 return idx; | |
6841 } | |
6842 | |
7 | 6843 /* |
6844 * ":sign" command | |
6845 */ | |
6846 void | |
6847 ex_sign(eap) | |
6848 exarg_T *eap; | |
6849 { | |
6850 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
6851 char_u *p; | |
6852 int idx; | |
6853 sign_T *sp; | |
6854 sign_T *sp_prev; | |
6855 buf_T *buf; | |
6856 | |
6857 /* Parse the subcommand. */ | |
6858 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
1868 | 6859 idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p); |
6860 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST) | |
6861 { | |
6862 EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg); | |
6863 return; | |
7 | 6864 } |
6865 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
6866 | |
6867 if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST) | |
6868 { | |
6869 /* | |
6870 * Define, undefine or list signs. | |
6871 */ | |
6872 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL) | |
6873 { | |
6874 /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */ | |
3411 | 6875 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next) |
7 | 6876 sign_list_defined(sp); |
6877 } | |
6878 else if (*arg == NUL) | |
6879 EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name")); | |
6880 else | |
6881 { | |
2605 | 6882 /* Isolate the sign name. If it's a number skip leading zeroes, |
6883 * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign. But keep "0". */ | |
7 | 6884 p = skiptowhite(arg); |
6885 if (*p != NUL) | |
6886 *p++ = NUL; | |
2605 | 6887 while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL) |
6888 ++arg; | |
6889 | |
7 | 6890 sp_prev = NULL; |
6891 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
6892 { | |
6893 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0) | |
6894 break; | |
6895 sp_prev = sp; | |
6896 } | |
6897 if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE) | |
6898 { | |
6899 /* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */ | |
6900 if (sp == NULL) | |
6901 { | |
2605 | 6902 sign_T *lp; |
6903 int start = next_sign_typenr; | |
6904 | |
7 | 6905 /* Allocate a new sign. */ |
6906 sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T)); | |
6907 if (sp == NULL) | |
6908 return; | |
6909 | |
2605 | 6910 /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used. |
6911 * This only happens after wrapping around. Hopefully | |
6912 * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */ | |
6913 for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; ) | |
7 | 6914 { |
2605 | 6915 if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr) |
7 | 6916 { |
2605 | 6917 ++next_sign_typenr; |
6918 if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) | |
6919 next_sign_typenr = 1; | |
6920 if (next_sign_typenr == start) | |
7 | 6921 { |
2605 | 6922 vim_free(sp); |
6923 EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined")); | |
6924 return; | |
7 | 6925 } |
2605 | 6926 lp = first_sign; /* start all over */ |
6927 continue; | |
7 | 6928 } |
2605 | 6929 lp = lp->sn_next; |
6930 } | |
6931 | |
6932 sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr; | |
6933 if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) | |
6934 next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */ | |
6935 | |
6936 sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6937 if (sp->sn_name == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6938 { | |
6939 vim_free(sp); | |
6940 return; | |
7 | 6941 } |
2601 | 6942 |
6943 /* add the new sign to the list of signs */ | |
6944 if (sp_prev == NULL) | |
6945 first_sign = sp; | |
6946 else | |
6947 sp_prev->sn_next = sp; | |
7 | 6948 } |
6949 | |
6950 /* set values for a defined sign. */ | |
6951 for (;;) | |
6952 { | |
6953 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
6954 if (*arg == NUL) | |
6955 break; | |
6956 p = skiptowhite_esc(arg); | |
6957 if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0) | |
6958 { | |
6959 arg += 5; | |
6960 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); | |
6961 sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
6962 backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon); | |
6963 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
6964 if (gui.in_use) | |
6965 { | |
6966 out_flush(); | |
6967 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) | |
6968 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); | |
6969 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); | |
6970 } | |
6971 #endif | |
6972 } | |
6973 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0) | |
6974 { | |
6975 char_u *s; | |
6976 int cells; | |
6977 int len; | |
6978 | |
6979 arg += 5; | |
6980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6981 /* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */ | |
6982 if (has_mbyte) | |
6983 { | |
6984 cells = 0; | |
474 | 6985 for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) |
7 | 6986 { |
6987 if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s))) | |
6988 break; | |
6989 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s); | |
6990 } | |
6991 } | |
6992 else | |
6993 #endif | |
6994 { | |
6995 for (s = arg; s < p; ++s) | |
6996 if (!vim_isprintc(*s)) | |
6997 break; | |
835 | 6998 cells = (int)(s - arg); |
7 | 6999 } |
7000 /* Currently must be one or two display cells */ | |
7001 if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2) | |
7002 { | |
7003 *p = NUL; | |
7004 EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg); | |
7005 return; | |
7006 } | |
7007 | |
7008 vim_free(sp->sn_text); | |
7009 /* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up | |
7010 * with a space. */ | |
835 | 7011 len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0)); |
7 | 7012 sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len); |
7013 | |
7014 if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1) | |
7015 STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " "); | |
7016 } | |
7017 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0) | |
7018 { | |
7019 arg += 7; | |
7020 sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7021 } | |
7022 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0) | |
7023 { | |
7024 arg += 7; | |
7025 sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7026 } | |
7027 else | |
7028 { | |
7029 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
7030 return; | |
7031 } | |
7032 } | |
7033 } | |
7034 else if (sp == NULL) | |
7035 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg); | |
7036 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST) | |
7037 /* ":sign list {name}" */ | |
7038 sign_list_defined(sp); | |
7039 else | |
7040 /* ":sign undefine {name}" */ | |
1828 | 7041 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev); |
7 | 7042 } |
7043 } | |
7044 else | |
7045 { | |
7046 int id = -1; | |
7047 linenr_T lnum = -1; | |
7048 char_u *sign_name = NULL; | |
7049 char_u *arg1; | |
7050 | |
7051 if (*arg == NUL) | |
7052 { | |
7053 if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE) | |
7054 { | |
7055 /* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */ | |
7056 sign_list_placed(NULL); | |
7057 } | |
7058 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) | |
7059 { | |
7060 /* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */ | |
7061 id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
7062 if (id > 0) | |
7063 { | |
7064 buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id); | |
7065 update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
7066 } | |
7067 else | |
7068 EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number")); | |
7069 } | |
7070 else | |
7071 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); | |
7072 return; | |
7073 } | |
7074 | |
7075 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL) | |
7076 { | |
7077 /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */ | |
7078 buf_delete_all_signs(); | |
7079 return; | |
7080 } | |
7081 | |
7082 /* first arg could be placed sign id */ | |
7083 arg1 = arg; | |
7084 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) | |
7085 { | |
7086 id = getdigits(&arg); | |
7087 if (!vim_iswhite(*arg) && *arg != NUL) | |
7088 { | |
7089 id = -1; | |
7090 arg = arg1; | |
7091 } | |
7092 else | |
7093 { | |
7094 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
7095 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL) | |
7096 { | |
7097 /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */ | |
7098 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
7099 if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0) | |
7100 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7101 return; | |
7102 } | |
7103 } | |
7104 } | |
7105 | |
7106 /* | |
7107 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}. | |
7108 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}. | |
7109 */ | |
7110 for (;;) | |
7111 { | |
7112 if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0) | |
7113 { | |
7114 arg += 5; | |
7115 lnum = atoi((char *)arg); | |
7116 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7117 } | |
3672 | 7118 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) |
7119 { | |
7120 if (id != -1) | |
7121 { | |
7122 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7123 return; | |
7124 } | |
7125 id = -2; | |
7126 arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1); | |
7127 } | |
7 | 7128 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0) |
7129 { | |
7130 arg += 5; | |
7131 sign_name = arg; | |
7132 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7133 if (*arg != NUL) | |
7134 *arg++ = NUL; | |
2605 | 7135 while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL) |
7136 ++sign_name; | |
7 | 7137 } |
7138 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0) | |
7139 { | |
7140 arg += 5; | |
7141 buf = buflist_findname(arg); | |
7142 break; | |
7143 } | |
7144 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0) | |
7145 { | |
7146 arg += 7; | |
7147 buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg)); | |
7148 if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL) | |
7149 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); | |
7150 break; | |
7151 } | |
7152 else | |
7153 { | |
7154 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7155 return; | |
7156 } | |
7157 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
7158 } | |
7159 | |
7160 if (buf == NULL) | |
7161 { | |
7162 EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg); | |
7163 } | |
3672 | 7164 else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2)) |
7 | 7165 { |
7166 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7167 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7168 else | |
7169 /* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */ | |
7170 sign_list_placed(buf); | |
7171 } | |
7172 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP) | |
7173 { | |
7174 /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */ | |
7175 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7176 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7177 else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0) | |
7178 { /* goto a sign ... */ | |
7179 if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL) | |
7180 { /* ... in a current window */ | |
7181 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7182 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
7183 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
7184 } | |
7185 else | |
7186 { /* ... not currently in a window */ | |
7187 char_u *cmd; | |
7188 | |
7189 cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25); | |
7190 if (cmd == NULL) | |
7191 return; | |
7192 sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname); | |
7193 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
7194 vim_free(cmd); | |
7195 } | |
7196 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7197 foldOpenCursor(); | |
7198 #endif | |
7199 } | |
7200 else | |
7201 EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id); | |
7202 } | |
7203 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) | |
7204 { | |
7205 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7206 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
3672 | 7207 else if (id == -2) |
7208 { | |
7209 /* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */ | |
7210 redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID); | |
7211 buf_delete_signs(buf); | |
7212 } | |
7 | 7213 else |
7214 { | |
3672 | 7215 /* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */ |
7 | 7216 lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id); |
7217 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7218 } | |
7219 } | |
7220 /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */ | |
7221 else if (sign_name != NULL) | |
7222 { | |
7223 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7224 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0) | |
7225 break; | |
7226 if (sp == NULL) | |
7227 { | |
7228 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name); | |
7229 return; | |
7230 } | |
7231 if (lnum > 0) | |
7232 /* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}": | |
7233 * place a sign */ | |
7234 buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr); | |
7235 else | |
7236 /* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */ | |
7237 lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr); | |
7238 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7239 } | |
7240 else | |
7241 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7242 } | |
7243 } | |
7244 | |
7245 #if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) | |
7246 /* | |
7247 * Allocate the icons. Called when the GUI has started. Allows defining | |
7248 * signs before it starts. | |
7249 */ | |
7250 void | |
7251 sign_gui_started() | |
7252 { | |
7253 sign_T *sp; | |
7254 | |
7255 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7256 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) | |
7257 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); | |
7258 } | |
7259 #endif | |
7260 | |
7261 /* | |
7262 * List one sign. | |
7263 */ | |
7264 static void | |
7265 sign_list_defined(sp) | |
7266 sign_T *sp; | |
7267 { | |
7268 char_u *p; | |
7269 | |
274 | 7270 smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name); |
7 | 7271 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) |
7272 { | |
7273 MSG_PUTS(" icon="); | |
7274 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon); | |
7275 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7276 if (sp->sn_image == NULL) | |
7277 MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)")); | |
7278 #else | |
7279 MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)")); | |
7280 #endif | |
7281 } | |
7282 if (sp->sn_text != NULL) | |
7283 { | |
7284 MSG_PUTS(" text="); | |
7285 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text); | |
7286 } | |
7287 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) | |
7288 { | |
7289 MSG_PUTS(" linehl="); | |
7290 p = get_highlight_name(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1); | |
7291 if (p == NULL) | |
7292 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
7293 else | |
7294 msg_puts(p); | |
7295 } | |
7296 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) | |
7297 { | |
7298 MSG_PUTS(" texthl="); | |
7299 p = get_highlight_name(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1); | |
7300 if (p == NULL) | |
7301 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
7302 else | |
7303 msg_puts(p); | |
7304 } | |
7305 } | |
7306 | |
7307 /* | |
1828 | 7308 * Undefine a sign and free its memory. |
7309 */ | |
7310 static void | |
7311 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev) | |
7312 sign_T *sp; | |
7313 sign_T *sp_prev; | |
7314 { | |
7315 vim_free(sp->sn_name); | |
7316 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); | |
7317 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7318 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) | |
7319 { | |
7320 out_flush(); | |
7321 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); | |
7322 } | |
7323 #endif | |
7324 vim_free(sp->sn_text); | |
7325 if (sp_prev == NULL) | |
7326 first_sign = sp->sn_next; | |
7327 else | |
7328 sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next; | |
7329 vim_free(sp); | |
7330 } | |
7331 | |
7332 /* | |
7 | 7333 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr". |
7334 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl. | |
7335 */ | |
7336 int | |
7337 sign_get_attr(typenr, line) | |
7338 int typenr; | |
7339 int line; | |
7340 { | |
7341 sign_T *sp; | |
7342 | |
7343 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7344 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7345 { | |
7346 if (line) | |
7347 { | |
7348 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) | |
7349 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl); | |
7350 } | |
7351 else | |
7352 { | |
7353 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) | |
7354 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl); | |
7355 } | |
7356 break; | |
7357 } | |
7358 return 0; | |
7359 } | |
7360 | |
7361 /* | |
7362 * Get text mark for sign "typenr". | |
7363 * Returns NULL if there isn't one. | |
7364 */ | |
7365 char_u * | |
7366 sign_get_text(typenr) | |
7367 int typenr; | |
7368 { | |
7369 sign_T *sp; | |
7370 | |
7371 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7372 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7373 return sp->sn_text; | |
7374 return NULL; | |
7375 } | |
7376 | |
7377 #if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) | |
7378 void * | |
7379 sign_get_image(typenr) | |
7380 int typenr; /* the attribute which may have a sign */ | |
7381 { | |
7382 sign_T *sp; | |
7383 | |
7384 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7385 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7386 return sp->sn_image; | |
7387 return NULL; | |
7388 } | |
7389 #endif | |
7390 | |
7391 /* | |
7392 * Get the name of a sign by its typenr. | |
7393 */ | |
7394 char_u * | |
7395 sign_typenr2name(typenr) | |
7396 int typenr; | |
7397 { | |
7398 sign_T *sp; | |
7399 | |
7400 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7401 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7402 return sp->sn_name; | |
7403 return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]"); | |
7404 } | |
7405 | |
1828 | 7406 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
7407 /* | |
7408 * Undefine/free all signs. | |
7409 */ | |
7410 void | |
7411 free_signs() | |
7412 { | |
7413 while (first_sign != NULL) | |
7414 sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL); | |
7415 } | |
7416 #endif | |
7417 | |
1868 | 7418 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
7419 static enum | |
7420 { | |
7421 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand :sign sub-commands */ | |
7422 EXP_DEFINE, /* expand :sign define {name} args */ | |
7423 EXP_PLACE, /* expand :sign place {id} args */ | |
7424 EXP_UNPLACE, /* expand :sign unplace" */ | |
7425 EXP_SIGN_NAMES /* expand with name of placed signs */ | |
7426 } expand_what; | |
7427 | |
7428 /* | |
7429 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command | |
7430 * expansion. | |
7431 */ | |
7432 char_u * | |
7433 get_sign_name(xp, idx) | |
1876 | 7434 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
1868 | 7435 int idx; |
7436 { | |
7437 sign_T *sp; | |
7438 int current_idx; | |
7439 | |
7440 switch (expand_what) | |
7441 { | |
7442 case EXP_SUBCMD: | |
7443 return (char_u *)cmds[idx]; | |
7444 case EXP_DEFINE: | |
7445 { | |
7446 char *define_arg[] = | |
7447 { | |
7448 "icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL | |
7449 }; | |
7450 return (char_u *)define_arg[idx]; | |
7451 } | |
7452 case EXP_PLACE: | |
7453 { | |
7454 char *place_arg[] = | |
7455 { | |
7456 "line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL | |
7457 }; | |
7458 return (char_u *)place_arg[idx]; | |
7459 } | |
7460 case EXP_UNPLACE: | |
7461 { | |
7462 char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL }; | |
7463 return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx]; | |
7464 } | |
7465 case EXP_SIGN_NAMES: | |
7466 /* Complete with name of signs already defined */ | |
7467 current_idx = 0; | |
7468 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7469 if (current_idx++ == idx) | |
7470 return sp->sn_name; | |
7471 return NULL; | |
7472 default: | |
7473 return NULL; | |
7474 } | |
7475 } | |
7476 | |
7477 /* | |
7478 * Handle command line completion for :sign command. | |
7479 */ | |
7480 void | |
7481 set_context_in_sign_cmd(xp, arg) | |
7482 expand_T *xp; | |
7483 char_u *arg; | |
7484 { | |
7485 char_u *p; | |
7486 char_u *end_subcmd; | |
7487 char_u *last; | |
7488 int cmd_idx; | |
7489 char_u *begin_subcmd_args; | |
7490 | |
7491 /* Default: expand subcommands. */ | |
7492 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN; | |
7493 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; | |
7494 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
7495 | |
7496 end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7497 if (*end_subcmd == NUL) | |
7498 /* expand subcmd name | |
7499 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/ | |
7500 return; | |
7501 | |
7502 cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd); | |
7503 | |
7504 /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args} | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7505 * | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7506 * begin_subcmd_args */ |
1868 | 7507 begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd); |
7508 p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args); | |
7509 if (*p == NUL) | |
7510 { | |
7511 /* | |
7512 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible. | |
7513 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could | |
7514 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed. | |
7515 */ | |
7516 xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args; | |
7517 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7518 { | |
7519 case SIGNCMD_LIST: | |
7520 case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE: | |
7521 /* :sign list <CTRL-D> | |
7522 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */ | |
7523 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; | |
7524 break; | |
7525 default: | |
7526 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7527 } | |
7528 return; | |
7529 } | |
7530 | |
7531 /* expand last argument of subcmd */ | |
7532 | |
7533 /* :sign define {name} {args}... | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7534 * | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7535 * p */ |
1868 | 7536 |
7537 /* Loop until reaching last argument. */ | |
7538 do | |
7539 { | |
7540 p = skipwhite(p); | |
7541 last = p; | |
7542 p = skiptowhite(p); | |
7543 } while (*p != NUL); | |
7544 | |
7545 p = vim_strchr(last, '='); | |
7546 | |
7547 /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}= | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7548 * | | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7549 * last p */ |
1868 | 7550 if (p == NUL) |
7551 { | |
7552 /* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */ | |
7553 xp->xp_pattern = last; | |
7554 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7555 { | |
7556 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: | |
7557 expand_what = EXP_DEFINE; | |
7558 break; | |
7559 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: | |
7560 expand_what = EXP_PLACE; | |
7561 break; | |
7562 case SIGNCMD_JUMP: | |
7563 case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE: | |
7564 expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE; | |
7565 break; | |
7566 default: | |
7567 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7568 } | |
7569 } | |
7570 else | |
7571 { | |
7572 /* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */ | |
7573 xp->xp_pattern = p + 1; | |
7574 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7575 { | |
7576 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: | |
7577 if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 || | |
7578 STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0) | |
7579 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
7580 else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0) | |
7581 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
7582 else | |
7583 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7584 break; | |
7585 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: | |
7586 if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0) | |
7587 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; | |
7588 else | |
7589 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7590 break; | |
7591 default: | |
7592 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7593 } | |
7594 } | |
7595 } | |
7596 #endif | |
7 | 7597 #endif |
7598 | |
7599 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO) | |
7600 /* | |
7601 * ":drop" | |
7602 * Opens the first argument in a window. When there are two or more arguments | |
7603 * the argument list is redefined. | |
7604 */ | |
7605 void | |
7606 ex_drop(eap) | |
7607 exarg_T *eap; | |
7608 { | |
7609 int split = FALSE; | |
7610 win_T *wp; | |
7611 buf_T *buf; | |
735 | 7612 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
7613 tabpage_T *tp; | |
7614 # endif | |
7 | 7615 |
7616 /* | |
7617 * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window. If | |
7618 * so, jump to that window. | |
7619 * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated | |
7620 * and mostly only one file is dropped. | |
7621 * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is | |
7622 * editing a file name with a wildcard character. | |
7623 */ | |
735 | 7624 set_arglist(eap->arg); |
7625 | |
1067 | 7626 /* |
7627 * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list. E.g. when | |
7628 * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'. Assume that we | |
7629 * already did an error message for this. | |
7630 */ | |
7631 if (ARGCOUNT == 0) | |
7632 return; | |
7633 | |
7 | 7634 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7635 if (cmdmod.tab) |
7636 { | |
7637 /* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't | |
7638 * edited in a window yet. It's like ":tab all" but without closing | |
7639 * windows or tabs. */ | |
7640 ex_all(eap); | |
7641 } | |
7642 else | |
7 | 7643 # endif |
735 | 7644 { |
7645 /* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument. Jump to an existing | |
7646 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer | |
7647 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */ | |
7648 buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum); | |
7649 | |
7650 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) | |
7651 { | |
7652 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
7 | 7653 { |
735 | 7654 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
825 | 7655 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); |
735 | 7656 # endif |
7 | 7657 curwin->w_arg_idx = 0; |
7658 return; | |
7659 } | |
7660 } | |
735 | 7661 |
7662 /* | |
7663 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need | |
7664 * to split the current window or data could be lost. | |
7665 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the | |
7666 * buffer won't be lost. | |
7667 */ | |
7668 if (!P_HID(curbuf)) | |
7669 { | |
7 | 7670 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7671 ++emsg_off; |
7 | 7672 # endif |
5464 | 7673 split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD); |
7 | 7674 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7675 --emsg_off; |
7 | 7676 # else |
735 | 7677 if (split) |
7678 return; | |
7 | 7679 # endif |
735 | 7680 } |
7681 | |
7682 /* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */ | |
7683 if (split) | |
7684 { | |
7685 eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst; | |
7686 eap->cmd[0] = 's'; | |
7687 } | |
7688 else | |
7689 eap->cmdidx = CMD_first; | |
7690 ex_rewind(eap); | |
7691 } | |
7 | 7692 } |
7693 #endif |